1 #LyX 2.0.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
52 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
53 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
55 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
57 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
58 \use_default_options false
64 \font_typewriter default
65 \font_default_family default
73 \default_output_format default
74 \bibtex_command default
75 \index_command default
79 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
80 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
84 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
85 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
86 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
91 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
92 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
101 \paperorientation portrait
119 \paragraph_separation indent
120 \paragraph_indentation default
121 \quotes_language english
124 \paperpagestyle default
125 \tracking_changes false
126 \output_changes false
140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
142 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
144 \begin_inset CommandInset href
146 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
157 \begin_inset Newline newline
161 \begin_inset Newline newline
165 \begin_inset Note Note
168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
169 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
170 \begin_inset Newline newline
175 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
183 \begin_layout Standard
184 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
185 LatexCommand tableofcontents
192 \begin_layout Chapter
196 \begin_layout Section
200 \begin_layout Standard
201 LyX is a document preparation system.
202 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
203 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
204 It is unlike most other
205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
212 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
214 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
227 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
230 pt type, left justified, 5
231 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
239 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
243 \begin_layout Standard
244 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
257 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
261 \begin_layout Standard
263 \begin_inset Quotes eld
271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
274 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
275 the format of all of the manuals.
276 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
277 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
294 \begin_layout Section
298 \begin_layout Standard
299 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
301 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
302 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
306 \begin_layout Standard
307 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
308 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
309 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
311 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
312 only a vertical scrollbar.
313 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
314 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
315 This, however, is due
316 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
317 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
318 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
319 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
321 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
322 this doesn't work for equations yet.
325 \begin_layout Standard
326 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
332 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
334 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
339 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
340 ing sections of this documentation.
343 \begin_layout Section
347 \begin_layout Standard
348 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
353 of the manuals from inside LyX.
354 Just select the manual you want read from the
361 \begin_layout Section
363 \begin_inset CommandInset label
365 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
372 \begin_layout Standard
373 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
374 without resorting to configuration files.
375 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
376 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
377 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
382 \begin_inset Index idx
385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
392 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
393 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
394 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
398 \begin_inset space \space{}
401 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
402 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
404 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
408 \begin_inset Index idx
411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
412 Reconfiguration of LyX
417 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
420 \begin_layout Section
422 \begin_inset CommandInset label
424 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
431 \begin_layout Standard
432 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
433 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
456 that will be created when using the menu
458 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
477 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
478 \begin_inset Note Note
481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
482 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
483 \begin_inset Quotes eld
487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
490 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
491 More about TeX Code is described in section
496 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
498 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
502 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
507 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
509 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
519 \begin_inset Index idx
522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
523 Reconfiguration of LyX
531 \begin_layout Chapter
535 \begin_layout Section
536 Basic File Operations
537 \begin_inset Index idx
540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
549 \begin_layout Standard
554 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
555 in addition to some more advanced operations:
558 \begin_layout Itemize
562 \begin_inset Graphics
563 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
564 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
571 \begin_layout Itemize
589 \begin_layout Itemize
595 \begin_inset Graphics
596 filename ../images/file-open.png
597 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
604 \begin_layout Itemize
610 \begin_layout Itemize
616 \begin_inset Graphics
617 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
618 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
625 \begin_layout Itemize
635 \begin_layout Itemize
649 \begin_layout Itemize
659 \begin_layout Itemize
665 \begin_layout Itemize
671 \begin_layout Itemize
677 \begin_inset Graphics
678 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
679 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
686 \begin_layout Itemize
692 \begin_layout Standard
693 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
694 a few minor differences.
697 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
712 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
713 you for a template to use.
714 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
715 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
716 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
722 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
724 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
731 \begin_layout Standard
733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
756 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
757 space is just that — a big, blank space.
760 \begin_layout Standard
781 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
786 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
811 will reload the document from disk.
812 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
813 and want to restore it to the last save.
822 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
823 can identify them as your changes.
826 \begin_layout Section
827 Basic Editing Features
828 \begin_inset Index idx
831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
838 \begin_inset CommandInset label
840 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
847 \begin_layout Standard
848 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
849 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
850 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
851 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
853 We'll start with cut and paste.
856 \begin_layout Standard
857 As you might expect, the
861 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
862 various other editing features.
863 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
867 \begin_layout Itemize
873 \begin_inset Graphics
874 filename ../images/cut.png
875 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
882 \begin_layout Itemize
888 \begin_inset Graphics
889 filename ../images/copy.png
890 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
897 \begin_layout Itemize
903 \begin_inset Graphics
904 filename ../images/paste.png
905 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
912 \begin_layout Itemize
922 \begin_layout Itemize
932 \begin_layout Itemize
946 \begin_inset Graphics
947 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
948 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
956 \begin_layout Standard
957 The first three are self-explanatory.
958 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
959 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
968 keys also functions as the
973 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
974 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
979 to get back the lost text.
982 \begin_layout Standard
983 \begin_inset Index idx
986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
992 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1001 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1004 \begin_layout Standard
1007 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1009 \begin_inset space ~
1012 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1014 \begin_inset space ~
1018 \begin_inset space ~
1023 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1029 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1033 \begin_inset space ~
1038 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1039 will start a new paragraph.
1042 \begin_layout Standard
1043 \begin_inset Index idx
1046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1053 \begin_inset Index idx
1056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1064 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1066 \begin_inset space ~
1070 \begin_inset space ~
1078 \begin_inset space ~
1082 \begin_inset space ~
1088 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1093 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1096 \begin_inset space ~
1105 \begin_inset space ~
1110 button to skip the current word.
1114 \begin_inset space ~
1119 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1123 \begin_inset space ~
1128 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1130 If the toggle is set, searching for
1131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1139 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1142 will not match the word
1143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1157 Match whole words only
1159 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1160 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1164 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1172 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1190 \begin_layout Standard
1191 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1192 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1194 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1199 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1206 \begin_layout Section
1208 \begin_inset Index idx
1211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1218 \begin_inset Index idx
1221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1228 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1230 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1237 \begin_layout Standard
1238 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1239 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1242 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1245 or the toolbar button
1246 \begin_inset Graphics
1247 filename ../images/undo.png
1248 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1252 to undo some mistake.
1253 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1255 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1258 or the toolbar button
1259 \begin_inset Graphics
1260 filename ../images/redo.png
1261 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1273 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1274 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1277 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1280 \begin_layout Standard
1281 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1290 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1291 This is a consequence of the 100
1292 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1295 step undo limit, above.
1298 \begin_layout Standard
1307 work on almost everything in LyX.
1308 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1312 \begin_layout Section
1314 \begin_inset Index idx
1317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1326 \begin_layout Standard
1327 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1330 \begin_layout Enumerate
1335 \begin_layout Itemize
1340 once anywhere in the edit window.
1341 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1345 \begin_layout Enumerate
1350 \begin_layout Itemize
1356 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1359 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1362 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1365 \begin_layout Itemize
1366 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1368 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1375 \begin_layout Enumerate
1376 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1380 \begin_layout Standard
1381 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1382 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1386 \begin_layout Enumerate
1391 \begin_layout Standard
1396 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1401 \begin_layout Section
1403 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1405 name "sec:Navigating"
1410 \begin_inset Index idx
1413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1422 \begin_layout Standard
1423 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1426 \begin_layout Itemize
1431 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1432 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1435 \begin_layout Itemize
1438 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1441 or the toolbar button
1442 \begin_inset Graphics
1443 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1444 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1451 \begin_layout Standard
1452 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1453 (TOC) that is described in section
1454 \begin_inset space ~
1458 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1460 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1465 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1466 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1467 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1468 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1469 to the document, see section
1470 \begin_inset space ~
1474 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1476 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1485 option sorts the current list, and the
1489 option keeps it in the current view state.
1490 Keeping means that when you have e.
1491 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1495 \begin_inset space \space{}
1498 the subsections of section
1499 \begin_inset space ~
1502 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1503 \begin_inset space ~
1506 3, the subsections of section
1507 \begin_inset space ~
1510 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1515 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1516 \begin_inset space ~
1522 \begin_layout Standard
1524 \begin_inset space \space{}
1528 \begin_inset Graphics
1529 filename ../images/down.png
1530 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1535 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1540 \begin_inset space \space{}
1544 \begin_inset Graphics
1545 filename ../images/up.png
1546 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1551 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1555 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1557 So you can for example move section
1558 \begin_inset space ~
1562 \begin_inset space ~
1566 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1568 \begin_inset Graphics
1569 filename ../images/promote.png
1570 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1575 \begin_inset Graphics
1576 filename ../images/demote.png
1577 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1581 or the corresponding key bindings
1589 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1590 So you can for example make section
1591 \begin_inset space ~
1595 \begin_inset space ~
1599 \begin_inset space ~
1605 \begin_layout Standard
1607 \begin_inset Graphics
1608 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
1609 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
1614 jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1615 This is for example useful when you have a large document and navigated
1616 or scrolled to another document part to look for something, and want to
1617 go back to your last editing position.
1620 \begin_layout Section
1622 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1626 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1630 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1632 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1637 \begin_inset Index idx
1640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1647 \begin_inset Index idx
1650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1681 \begin_layout Standard
1682 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1684 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1685 is used to propose completions.
1688 \begin_layout Standard
1689 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1690 there are completions available.
1691 You can then press the
1695 key to use this completion.
1696 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1697 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1698 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1705 \begin_layout Standard
1706 In the preferences dialog, that is opened with the menu
1708 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1711 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1713 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1716 by deselecting the option
1723 Automatic inline completion
1725 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1726 To accept this proposal, use the
1735 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1736 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1738 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1742 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1744 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1751 \begin_layout Section
1753 \begin_inset Index idx
1756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1763 \begin_inset Index idx
1766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1795 \begin_inset Index idx
1798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1829 \begin_layout Standard
1830 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1831 LyX's default is CUA.
1834 \begin_layout Standard
1838 \begin_inset space ~
1846 \begin_inset space ~
1867 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1871 \begin_layout Labeling
1872 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1876 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1877 LatexCommand nomenclature
1879 description "Tabulator key"
1885 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1886 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1887 \begin_inset space ~
1891 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1893 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1898 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1900 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1904 , especially section
1905 \begin_inset space ~
1909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1911 reference "sub:Lists"
1917 If you're still confused, look in the
1924 \begin_layout Labeling
1925 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1929 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1930 LatexCommand nomenclature
1932 description "Escape key"
1939 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1946 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1947 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1950 \begin_layout Labeling
1951 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1957 \begin_inset space ~
1961 \begin_inset space ~
1968 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1969 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1973 \begin_layout Standard
1974 There are three modifier keys:
1977 \begin_layout Labeling
1978 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1984 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1996 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1997 LatexCommand nomenclature
1999 description "Control key"
2003 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2004 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2008 \begin_layout Itemize
2017 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2020 \begin_layout Itemize
2029 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2032 \begin_layout Itemize
2041 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2045 \begin_layout Labeling
2046 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2064 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2065 LatexCommand nomenclature
2067 description "Shift key"
2071 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2072 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2075 \begin_layout Labeling
2076 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2090 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2094 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2095 LatexCommand nomenclature
2097 description "Alt or Meta key"
2101 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2102 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2103 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2109 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2111 menu accelerator keys
2114 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2115 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2119 \begin_layout Standard
2120 For example, the sequence
2121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2127 \begin_inset space ~
2131 \begin_inset space ~
2137 \begin_inset space ~
2145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2164 \begin_inset space ~
2170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2180 \begin_layout Standard
2185 manual lists all other things bound to the
2193 \begin_layout Standard
2194 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2195 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2196 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2197 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2198 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2199 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2200 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2201 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2210 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2217 followed by a capital
2224 \begin_layout Standard
2225 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2227 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2232 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2235 as explained in sec.
2236 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2240 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2242 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2249 \begin_layout Chapter
2251 \begin_inset Index idx
2254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2263 \begin_layout Section
2265 \begin_inset Index idx
2268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2277 \begin_layout Subsection
2281 \begin_layout Standard
2282 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2283 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2284 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2285 numbering schemes, and so on.
2286 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2287 and format the title of your document differently.
2290 \begin_layout Standard
2295 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2296 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2297 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2298 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2299 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2302 \begin_layout Standard
2303 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2304 how to adjust their properties.
2307 \begin_layout Subsection
2309 \begin_inset Index idx
2312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2319 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2321 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2328 \begin_layout Standard
2329 You can select a class using the
2331 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2333 \begin_inset Index idx
2336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2345 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2349 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2353 \begin_layout Standard
2354 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2358 \begin_layout Description
2359 Article for basic articles
2362 \begin_layout Description
2363 Report for basic reports
2366 \begin_layout Description
2367 Book for writing a book
2370 \begin_layout Description
2371 Letter for US-style letters
2374 \begin_layout Standard
2375 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2377 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2378 can be found in chapter
2380 Special Document Classes
2389 \begin_layout Description
2390 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2393 \begin_layout Description
2400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2409 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2413 \begin_layout Description
2414 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2415 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2416 There are three article layouts available.
2417 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2418 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2419 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2420 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2425 sequential numbering
2426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2429 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2430 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2431 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2432 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2435 \begin_layout Description
2436 Beamer Layout for presentations
2439 \begin_layout Description
2440 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2441 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2445 \begin_layout Description
2447 \begin_inset space ~
2450 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2453 \begin_layout Description
2454 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2457 \begin_layout Description
2460 Die TeXnische Komödie
2462 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2465 \begin_layout Description
2466 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2469 \begin_layout Description
2470 Foils Used to make transparencies
2473 \begin_layout Description
2474 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2477 \begin_layout Description
2478 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2479 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2483 \begin_layout Description
2484 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2485 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2488 \begin_layout Description
2489 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2492 \begin_layout Description
2493 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2496 \begin_layout Description
2497 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2498 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2501 \begin_layout Description
2502 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2505 \begin_layout Description
2510 LaTeX document class
2513 \begin_layout Description
2514 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2517 \begin_layout Description
2522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2529 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2530 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2532 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2535 \begin_layout Description
2536 Slides Used to make transparencies
2539 \begin_layout Description
2541 \begin_inset space ~
2544 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2545 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2548 \begin_layout Description
2549 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2552 \begin_layout Description
2557 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2560 \begin_layout Standard
2561 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2563 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2568 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2569 of the document classes.
2572 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2574 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2581 \begin_inset Index idx
2584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2593 \begin_layout Standard
2594 Modules load additional features to a document that are not by default available
2595 in the chosen document class.
2596 For example you might want to use write Braille (embossed printing) in
2598 This is of course not available in any document class, so you have to load
2599 the corresponding module in the
2605 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2609 \begin_inset Index idx
2612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2619 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2623 \begin_layout Standard
2624 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2632 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2633 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2641 \begin_layout Standard
2642 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2650 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2658 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2662 \begin_layout Standard
2663 Each class has a default set of options.
2664 Here's a quick table describing them:
2667 \begin_layout Standard
2668 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2674 \begin_layout Standard
2676 \begin_inset Tabular
2677 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2678 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2679 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2680 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2681 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2682 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2683 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3137 \begin_layout Standard
3138 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3144 \begin_layout Standard
3145 You're probably also wondering what
3146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3150 \begin_inset space ~
3154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3158 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3159 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3164 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3169 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3179 headings, there are also
3187 headings, and so on.
3188 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3189 \begin_inset space ~
3193 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3195 reference "sub:Headings"
3202 \begin_layout Subsection
3204 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3206 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3211 \begin_inset Index idx
3214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3223 \begin_inset Index idx
3226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3235 \begin_layout Standard
3236 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3238 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3249 \begin_inset space ~
3254 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3256 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3257 to use for your document.
3258 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3262 \begin_layout Standard
3269 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3275 \begin_inset space ~
3280 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3281 You can choose between the following five options:
3284 \begin_layout Labeling
3285 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3290 Use default page style of current class.
3293 \begin_layout Labeling
3294 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3299 No page numbers or headings.
3302 \begin_layout Labeling
3303 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3311 \begin_layout Labeling
3312 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3317 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3318 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3319 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3322 \begin_layout Labeling
3323 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3328 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3334 \begin_inset Index idx
3337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3338 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3344 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3345 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3347 Check the documentation for the
3351 package for more details,
3352 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3361 \begin_layout Standard
3366 of paragraphs is described in section
3367 \begin_inset space ~
3371 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3373 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3380 \begin_layout Subsection
3381 Paper Size and Orientation
3382 \begin_inset Index idx
3385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3386 Document ! Paper size
3392 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3394 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3401 \begin_layout Standard
3402 You'll find the following options in the menu
3405 \begin_inset space ~
3410 of the dialog of the
3412 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3418 \begin_inset Index idx
3421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3430 \begin_layout Labeling
3431 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3435 \begin_inset space ~
3440 What size paper to print on.
3444 \begin_layout Itemize
3450 \begin_layout Itemize
3460 \begin_layout Itemize
3466 \begin_layout Itemize
3472 \begin_layout Itemize
3478 \begin_layout Itemize
3484 \begin_layout Itemize
3490 \begin_layout Labeling
3491 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3496 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3507 \begin_layout Labeling
3508 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3512 \begin_inset space ~
3517 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3518 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3521 \begin_layout Subsection
3523 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3530 \begin_inset Index idx
3533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3540 \begin_inset Index idx
3543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3552 \begin_layout Standard
3553 Paper margins are set in the menu
3555 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3559 \begin_inset Index idx
3562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3571 \begin_layout Standard
3572 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3573 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3574 the paper format and the font size into account.
3577 \begin_layout Subsection
3581 \begin_layout Standard
3582 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3587 That includes the paragraph environments.
3588 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3589 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3590 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3591 paragraph environments to
3595 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3596 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3597 the conversion and why it failed.
3600 \begin_layout Section
3601 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3602 \begin_inset Index idx
3605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3606 Paragraph ! Indentation
3614 \begin_layout Subsection
3616 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3618 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3625 \begin_layout Standard
3626 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3627 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3630 \begin_layout Standard
3631 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3632 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3633 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3634 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3638 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3644 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3645 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3646 language than English.
3647 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3650 \begin_layout Standard
3651 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3652 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3654 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3655 LyX takes care of that.
3656 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3658 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3659 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3660 of a page, and so on.
3664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3665 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3670 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3671 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3675 of these pre-coded spacings.
3676 We'll explain more later.
3679 \begin_layout Subsection
3680 Paragraph Separation
3681 \begin_inset Index idx
3684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3685 Paragraph ! Separation
3693 \begin_layout Standard
3694 To separate paragraphs, select
3705 \begin_inset space ~
3712 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3716 \begin_inset Index idx
3719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3725 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3726 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3727 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3730 \begin_layout Standard
3740 \begin_layout Standard
3741 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3742 \begin_inset space ~
3746 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3748 reference "cap:Units"
3753 The default length is 30
3754 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3760 \begin_layout Subsection
3764 \begin_layout Standard
3765 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3768 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3770 \begin_inset space ~
3775 dialog and toggle the
3778 \begin_inset space ~
3783 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
3786 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
3790 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3791 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3795 \begin_layout Standard
3796 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3797 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3800 \begin_layout Subsection
3802 \begin_inset Index idx
3805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3806 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3814 \begin_layout Standard
3817 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3821 \begin_inset Index idx
3824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3833 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3836 \begin_inset space ~
3845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3846 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3851 \begin_inset Index idx
3854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3855 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3860 installed to use this feature.
3868 \begin_layout Section
3869 Paragraph Environments
3870 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3872 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3877 \begin_inset Index idx
3880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3881 Paragraph ! Environments
3887 \begin_inset Index idx
3890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3891 Paragraph environments|(
3899 \begin_layout Subsection
3903 \begin_layout Standard
3904 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3907 \begin_layout Standard
3926 \begin_inset Newline newline
3929 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3930 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3931 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3940 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3943 \begin_layout Standard
3944 A paragraph environment is simply a
3945 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3952 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3953 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3954 scheme, labels, and so on.
3955 Additionally, you can
3956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3963 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3964 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3965 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3966 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3967 days of typewriters.
3968 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3970 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3973 \begin_layout Standard
3974 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3975 \begin_inset Graphics
3976 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3982 at the left end of the toolbar.
3983 LyX will change the environment of the
3987 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3988 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3989 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3993 \begin_layout Standard
4002 create a new paragraph using the
4006 paragraph environment.
4008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4015 because if you are in one of these environments:
4018 \begin_layout Itemize
4024 \begin_layout Itemize
4030 \begin_layout Itemize
4036 \begin_layout Itemize
4042 \begin_layout Itemize
4048 \begin_layout Itemize
4054 \begin_layout Itemize
4060 \begin_layout Standard
4061 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4065 , rather than resetting it to
4070 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4071 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4072 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4073 \begin_inset space ~
4077 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4079 reference "sec:Nesting"
4084 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4089 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4090 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4094 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4100 \begin_layout Subsection
4104 \begin_layout Standard
4105 The default paragraph environment is
4110 It creates a plain paragraph.
4111 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4112 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4113 this manual) are in the
4120 \begin_layout Standard
4121 You can nest a paragraph using the
4125 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4133 \begin_layout Subsection
4135 \begin_inset Index idx
4138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4147 \begin_layout Standard
4148 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4150 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4157 for thanks or contact information.
4158 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4159 page along with today's date.
4160 For other types of documents, the title
4161 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4168 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4172 \begin_layout Standard
4173 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4187 Here's how you use them:
4190 \begin_layout Itemize
4191 Put the title of your document in the
4198 \begin_layout Itemize
4199 Put the author name in the
4206 \begin_layout Itemize
4207 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4208 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4214 Note that using this environment is optional.
4215 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4216 If you don't want any date, add the line
4217 \begin_inset Newline newline
4227 \begin_inset Newline newline
4230 to the preamble of your document (menu
4232 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4238 \begin_layout Standard
4239 You can use footnotes to insert
4240 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4247 or contact information.
4250 \begin_layout Subsection
4252 \begin_inset Index idx
4255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4262 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4271 \begin_layout Standard
4272 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4273 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4276 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4278 \begin_inset Index idx
4281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4282 Section headings ! Numbered
4290 \begin_layout Standard
4291 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4295 \begin_layout Enumerate
4301 \begin_layout Enumerate
4307 \begin_layout Enumerate
4313 \begin_layout Enumerate
4319 \begin_layout Enumerate
4325 \begin_layout Enumerate
4331 \begin_layout Enumerate
4337 \begin_layout Standard
4338 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4339 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4340 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4343 \begin_layout Standard
4344 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4345 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4346 You group the book into chapters.
4347 LyX does similar grouping:
4350 \begin_layout Itemize
4355 is divided in either
4366 \begin_layout Itemize
4378 \begin_layout Itemize
4390 \begin_layout Itemize
4402 \begin_layout Itemize
4414 \begin_layout Itemize
4426 \begin_layout Standard
4427 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4435 Not all document types use the
4439 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4444 is the top-level heading.
4452 \begin_layout Standard
4457 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4458 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4460 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4472 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4474 \begin_inset Index idx
4477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4478 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4486 \begin_layout Standard
4487 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4491 \begin_layout Enumerate
4497 \begin_layout Enumerate
4503 \begin_layout Enumerate
4509 \begin_layout Enumerate
4515 \begin_layout Enumerate
4521 \begin_layout Standard
4523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4530 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4531 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4532 table of contents, see section
4533 \begin_inset space ~
4537 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4546 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4547 Changing the Numbering
4548 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4550 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4557 \begin_layout Standard
4558 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4559 in the Table of Contents.
4560 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4562 Certain classes start with
4576 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4586 This is something you can change.
4589 \begin_layout Standard
4592 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4598 \begin_inset Index idx
4601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4612 \begin_inset space ~
4616 \begin_inset space ~
4621 you'll see two counters.
4626 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4628 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4632 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4633 Short Titles of Headings
4634 \begin_inset Index idx
4637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4638 Section headings ! Short titles
4647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4654 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4656 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4663 \begin_layout Standard
4664 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4665 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4666 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4667 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4670 \begin_layout Standard
4671 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4672 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4673 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4674 To specify a short title, use the menu
4676 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4678 \begin_inset space ~
4684 This will insert a box labeled
4685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4693 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4697 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4700 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4701 This also works for captions inside floats.
4704 \begin_layout Standard
4705 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4708 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4712 \begin_layout Standard
4713 The following information applies to all section headings:
4716 \begin_layout Itemize
4717 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4720 \begin_layout Itemize
4721 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4724 \begin_layout Itemize
4725 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4728 \begin_layout Itemize
4729 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4732 \begin_layout Subsection
4733 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4736 \begin_layout Standard
4737 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4751 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4752 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4753 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4754 the text they contain.
4755 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4763 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4766 \begin_layout Standard
4767 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4776 when you start a new paragraph.
4777 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4781 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4782 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4783 to change back to the
4787 environment yourself.
4790 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4800 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4807 \begin_inset Index idx
4810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4819 \begin_layout Standard
4820 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4821 time for the differences.
4830 are identical except for one difference:
4834 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4843 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4846 \begin_layout Standard
4847 Here's an example of the
4860 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4862 See – no indentation!
4866 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4867 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4868 the other paragraph.
4871 \begin_layout Standard
4872 Here's another example, this time in the
4879 \begin_layout Quotation
4885 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4886 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4887 the first line, then
4891 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4895 you were quoting other text.
4898 \begin_layout Quotation
4899 Here's a new paragraph.
4900 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4901 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4904 \begin_layout Standard
4905 As the examples show,
4909 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4910 They should put quotes in the
4915 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4919 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4922 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4928 \begin_inset Index idx
4931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4940 \begin_inset Index idx
4943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4950 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4959 \begin_layout Standard
4964 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4970 \begin_inset Newline newline
4973 Which I did not rehearse!
4977 It could be much worse.
4978 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4980 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4981 indented a bit more than the first.
4982 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4988 \begin_inset Newline newline
4991 And make things look fine
4992 \begin_inset Newline newline
4998 arg "newline-insert newline"
5004 \begin_layout Standard
5009 does not indent both margins.
5010 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5011 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5018 arg "newline-insert newline"
5024 \begin_layout Subsection
5026 \begin_inset Index idx
5029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5036 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5045 \begin_layout Standard
5046 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5056 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5065 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5066 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5067 some general features of all four of them.
5070 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5074 \begin_layout Standard
5075 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5077 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5086 reset the environment to
5090 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5091 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5092 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5096 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5099 to break paragraphs.
5102 \begin_layout Standard
5103 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5104 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5106 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5107 you read all of section
5108 \begin_inset space ~
5112 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5114 reference "sec:Nesting"
5122 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5128 \begin_inset Index idx
5131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5138 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5147 \begin_layout Standard
5148 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5152 paragraph environment.
5153 It has the following properties:
5156 \begin_layout Itemize
5157 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5161 \begin_layout Itemize
5162 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5165 \begin_layout Itemize
5166 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5170 \begin_layout Itemize
5171 The items can have any length.
5172 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5173 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5180 \begin_layout Itemize
5185 environment inside another
5189 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5193 \begin_layout Itemize
5194 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5197 \begin_layout Itemize
5198 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5201 \begin_layout Itemize
5203 \begin_inset space ~
5207 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5209 reference "sec:Nesting"
5213 for a full explanation of nesting.
5217 \begin_layout Standard
5218 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5227 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5230 \begin_layout Standard
5231 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5232 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5235 \begin_layout Itemize
5236 The label for the first level
5240 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5244 \begin_layout Itemize
5245 The label for the second level is a dash.
5249 \begin_layout Itemize
5250 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5254 \begin_layout Itemize
5255 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5259 \begin_layout Itemize
5260 Back out to the third level.
5264 \begin_layout Itemize
5265 Back to the second level.
5269 \begin_layout Itemize
5270 Back to the outermost level.
5273 \begin_layout Standard
5274 These are the default labels for an
5279 You can customize these labels in the
5281 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5284 dialog in the submenu
5291 \begin_inset Index idx
5294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5303 \begin_layout Standard
5304 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5305 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5307 \begin_inset space ~
5311 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5313 reference "sec:Nesting"
5320 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5326 \begin_inset Index idx
5329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5336 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5338 name "sec:Enumerate"
5345 \begin_layout Standard
5350 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5351 It has these properties:
5354 \begin_layout Enumerate
5355 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5359 \begin_layout Enumerate
5360 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5364 \begin_layout Enumerate
5365 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5368 \begin_layout Enumerate
5373 environment resets the counter to one.
5376 \begin_layout Enumerate
5389 \begin_layout Enumerate
5390 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5391 Items can have any length.
5394 \begin_layout Enumerate
5395 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5398 \begin_layout Enumerate
5399 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5402 \begin_layout Enumerate
5403 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5407 \begin_layout Standard
5416 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5417 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5424 \begin_layout Enumerate
5425 The first level of an
5429 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5433 \begin_layout Enumerate
5434 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5438 \begin_layout Enumerate
5439 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5443 \begin_layout Enumerate
5444 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5447 \begin_layout Enumerate
5448 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5453 \begin_layout Enumerate
5454 Back to the third level
5458 \begin_layout Enumerate
5459 Back to the second level.
5463 \begin_layout Enumerate
5464 Back to the outermost level.
5467 \begin_layout Standard
5468 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5473 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5478 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5482 \begin_layout Standard
5483 There is more to nesting
5487 environments than we've stated here.
5488 You should read section
5489 \begin_inset space ~
5493 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5495 reference "sec:Nesting"
5499 to learn more about nesting.
5502 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5508 \begin_inset Index idx
5511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5520 \begin_layout Standard
5521 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5525 list has no fixed label.
5526 Instead, LyX uses the first
5527 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5534 of the first line as the label.
5538 \begin_layout Description
5539 Example: This is an example of the
5546 \begin_layout Standard
5547 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5551 \begin_layout Standard
5553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5560 it is meant that the first hit of the
5564 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5566 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5574 arg "space-insert protected"
5579 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5580 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5582 \begin_inset space ~
5588 \begin_inset space ~
5592 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5594 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5598 for more info.) Here is an example:
5601 \begin_layout Description
5603 \begin_inset space ~
5606 Example: This one shows how to use a
5609 \begin_inset space ~
5621 \begin_layout Description
5622 Usage: You should use the
5626 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5627 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5629 It's not a good idea to use a
5633 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5634 You're better off using
5646 paragraphs into them.
5649 \begin_layout Description
5650 Nesting: You can nest
5654 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5658 \begin_layout Standard
5659 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5660 them from the first line.
5663 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5669 \begin_inset Index idx
5672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5681 \begin_layout Standard
5686 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5689 \begin_layout Standard
5690 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5698 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5703 environment is named
5715 \begin_layout Standard
5724 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5725 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5728 \begin_layout Labeling
5729 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5731 \begin_inset space ~
5734 labels LyX uses the first
5735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5739 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5742 of each line as the item label.
5747 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5748 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5749 blank as described above.
5752 \begin_layout Labeling
5753 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5754 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5755 the body of the item text.
5756 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5757 label width plus a little extra space.
5761 \begin_layout Labeling
5762 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5764 \begin_inset space ~
5767 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5769 If the label width is larger, the label
5770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5777 into the first line.
5778 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5779 margin of the rest of the item text.
5782 \begin_layout Labeling
5783 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5785 \begin_inset space ~
5788 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5793 environment have the same left margin.
5794 \begin_inset Newline newline
5797 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5800 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5802 \begin_inset space ~
5811 \begin_inset space ~
5816 determines the default label width.
5817 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5819 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5823 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5826 multiple times instead.
5827 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5829 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5833 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5836 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5839 \begin_inset space ~
5844 every time you alter a label in a
5849 \begin_inset Newline newline
5852 The predefined default width is the length of
5853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5862 \begin_inset Newline newline
5866 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5874 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5875 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5883 \begin_layout Standard
5888 environment the same way like the
5892 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5898 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5902 \begin_layout Standard
5907 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5909 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5911 \begin_inset space ~
5915 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5917 reference "sec:Nesting"
5921 to learn about nesting.
5924 \begin_layout Standard
5925 There is yet another feature of the
5929 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5931 You can use additional
5935 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5940 are documented in section
5941 \begin_inset space ~
5945 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5947 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5952 Here are some examples:
5953 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
5959 \begin_layout Labeling
5960 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5961 Left The default for
5968 \begin_layout Labeling
5969 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5970 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5977 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5980 \begin_layout Labeling
5981 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5982 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5986 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5993 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5996 \begin_layout Subsection
5998 \begin_inset Index idx
6001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6010 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6018 \begin_inset space ~
6026 \begin_layout Standard
6027 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6035 \begin_inset space ~
6041 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6042 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6043 In contrast, you can use the
6050 \begin_inset space ~
6055 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6056 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6060 \begin_layout Standard
6061 Of course, you're not limited to using
6068 \begin_inset space ~
6077 \begin_inset space ~
6082 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6083 some European academic papers.
6086 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6088 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6090 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6097 \begin_layout Standard
6102 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6103 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6107 \begin_inset space ~
6112 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6113 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6114 Here's an example of each:
6117 \begin_layout Right Address
6119 \begin_inset Newline newline
6123 \begin_inset Newline newline
6127 \begin_inset Newline newline
6130 When is it? What is today?
6133 \begin_layout Standard
6137 \begin_inset space ~
6143 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6144 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6145 Here's an example of the
6152 \begin_layout Address
6154 \begin_inset Newline newline
6157 Where do I send this
6158 \begin_inset Newline newline
6161 Your post office and country
6164 \begin_layout Standard
6165 As you can see, both
6172 \begin_inset space ~
6177 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6182 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6188 This makes sense, since
6196 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6197 Thus, you have to use
6204 arg "newline-insert newline"
6210 \begin_inset space ~
6213 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6215 \begin_inset space ~
6224 menu) to start a new line in an
6231 \begin_inset space ~
6239 \begin_layout Subsection
6243 \begin_layout Standard
6244 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6245 or list of references.
6246 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6249 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6253 \begin_inset Index idx
6256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6265 \begin_layout Standard
6270 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6271 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6272 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6273 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6277 in anything else or vice versa.
6283 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6284 The book document classes ignores the
6288 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6292 in a letter document class.
6295 \begin_layout Standard
6300 environment does several things for you.
6301 First, it puts the centered label
6302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6310 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6312 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6313 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6314 the subsequent text.
6315 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6316 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6319 \begin_layout Standard
6320 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6324 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6325 The new paragraph will still be in the
6330 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6331 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6334 \begin_layout Standard
6335 \begin_inset Float figure
6340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6342 \begin_inset Graphics
6343 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6351 \begin_inset Caption
6353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6354 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6356 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6377 \begin_layout Standard
6378 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6382 environment, but since this document is in the
6383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6390 class, we can't do this.
6391 We inserted it therefore as figure
6392 \begin_inset space ~
6396 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6398 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6403 If you've never heard of an
6404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6411 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6414 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6420 \begin_inset Index idx
6423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6430 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6432 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6439 \begin_layout Standard
6444 environment is used to list references.
6445 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6446 only use it at the end of the document.
6451 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6454 \begin_layout Standard
6455 When you first open a
6459 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6475 depending on the document class.
6476 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6477 Each paragraph of the
6481 environment is a bibliography entry.
6486 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6487 Each new paragraph is still in the
6494 \begin_layout Standard
6495 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6496 by using a BibTeX database.
6497 For more information on that, and for a a detailed description of LyX's
6498 bibliography handling, have a look at in section
6499 \begin_inset space ~
6503 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6505 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6512 \begin_layout Subsection
6516 \begin_inset Index idx
6519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6520 Paragraph ! LyX code
6526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6535 \begin_layout Standard
6540 environment is another LyX extension.
6541 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6546 key as a fixed whitespace;
6550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6562 \begin_inset space ~
6567 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6572 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6573 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6576 arg "newline-insert newline"
6593 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6594 So, when you finish using the
6598 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6599 Also, you can nest the
6603 environment inside of others.
6606 \begin_layout Standard
6607 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6610 \begin_layout Itemize
6614 arg "newline-insert newline"
6617 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6618 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6622 \begin_inset space \space{}
6632 arg "newline-insert newline"
6638 \begin_layout Itemize
6642 arg "newline-insert newline"
6653 \begin_layout Itemize
6658 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6665 \begin_layout Itemize
6669 arg "space-insert protected"
6676 \begin_layout Itemize
6677 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6678 You must put at least one
6682 in any line you want blank.
6683 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6686 \begin_layout Itemize
6687 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6691 since that will insert
6696 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6699 arg "self-insert \""
6705 \begin_layout Standard
6709 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6713 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6717 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6721 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6725 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6726 printf("Hello World!
6731 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6735 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6739 \begin_layout Standard
6740 This is just the standard
6741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6752 \begin_layout Standard
6757 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6758 rc-files, and so on.
6759 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6760 as if you used a typewriter.
6761 \begin_inset Index idx
6764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6765 Paragraph environments|)
6773 \begin_layout Section
6774 Nesting Environments
6775 \begin_inset Index idx
6778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6779 Nesting ! Environments
6785 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6794 \begin_layout Subsection
6798 \begin_layout Standard
6799 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6801 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
6803 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6805 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6817 \begin_layout Enumerate
6821 \begin_layout Enumerate
6826 \begin_layout Enumerate
6830 \begin_layout Enumerate
6835 \begin_layout Enumerate
6839 \begin_layout Standard
6840 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6841 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6844 \begin_inset space ~
6848 \begin_inset space ~
6856 \begin_inset space ~
6860 \begin_inset space ~
6869 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6870 will tell you how far you are nested).
6871 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6872 \begin_inset Graphics
6873 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6878 \begin_inset Graphics
6879 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6883 or the convenient key bindings
6894 arg "depth-increment"
6900 arg "depth-decrement"
6903 to change the nesting level.
6904 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6905 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6909 \begin_layout Standard
6910 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6911 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6912 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6913 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6916 \begin_layout Standard
6917 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6918 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6920 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6923 \begin_layout Subsection
6924 What You Can and Can't Nest
6927 \begin_layout Standard
6928 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6929 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6932 \begin_layout Standard
6933 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6934 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6935 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6938 \begin_layout Itemize
6939 Completely unnestable
6942 \begin_layout Itemize
6943 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
6947 \begin_layout Itemize
6948 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6952 \begin_layout Standard
6953 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6954 environments have them:
6957 \begin_layout Description
6958 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6959 Can't nest into them.
6963 \begin_layout Itemize
6969 \begin_layout Itemize
6975 \begin_layout Itemize
6981 \begin_layout Itemize
6987 \begin_layout Itemize
6994 \begin_layout Description
6996 \begin_inset space ~
6999 Nestable You can nest them.
7000 You can nest other things into them.
7004 \begin_layout Itemize
7010 \begin_layout Itemize
7016 \begin_layout Itemize
7022 \begin_layout Itemize
7028 \begin_layout Itemize
7034 \begin_layout Itemize
7040 \begin_layout Itemize
7046 \begin_layout Itemize
7053 \begin_layout Description
7054 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7055 You can't nest anything into them.
7059 \begin_layout Itemize
7065 \begin_layout Itemize
7071 \begin_layout Itemize
7077 \begin_layout Itemize
7083 \begin_layout Itemize
7089 \begin_layout Itemize
7095 \begin_layout Itemize
7101 \begin_layout Itemize
7107 \begin_layout Itemize
7113 \begin_layout Itemize
7119 \begin_layout Itemize
7125 \begin_layout Itemize
7131 \begin_layout Itemize
7137 \begin_layout Itemize
7141 \begin_inset space ~
7147 \begin_layout Itemize
7154 \begin_layout Standard
7155 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7163 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7172 \begin_inset space ~
7176 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7180 \begin_inset space \space{}
7183 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7184 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7185 section headings violate this.
7193 \begin_layout Subsection
7194 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7195 \begin_inset Index idx
7198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7199 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7207 \begin_layout Standard
7208 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7209 affected by nesting anyhow.
7213 \begin_layout Itemize
7217 \begin_layout Itemize
7221 \begin_layout Itemize
7225 \begin_layout Standard
7227 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7235 Figures and tables in
7239 are not affected by this.
7244 Have a look at section
7245 \begin_inset space ~
7249 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7251 reference "sec:Floats"
7255 for more information about
7262 \begin_layout Standard
7263 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7264 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7268 \begin_layout Standard
7269 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7277 of its own, it behaves just like a
7278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7285 paragraph environment.
7286 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7290 \begin_layout Standard
7291 Here's an example with a table:
7294 \begin_layout Enumerate
7299 \begin_layout Enumerate
7300 This is (a) and it's nested.
7304 \begin_layout Standard
7305 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7311 \begin_layout Standard
7313 \begin_inset Tabular
7314 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7315 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7316 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7317 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7401 \begin_layout Standard
7402 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7409 \begin_layout Enumerate
7411 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7415 \begin_layout Enumerate
7419 \begin_layout Standard
7420 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7423 \begin_layout Enumerate
7428 \begin_layout Enumerate
7429 This is (a) and it's nested.
7433 \begin_layout Standard
7434 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7440 \begin_layout Standard
7442 \begin_inset Tabular
7443 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7444 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7445 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7446 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7530 \begin_layout Standard
7531 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7537 \begin_layout Enumerate
7544 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7547 \begin_layout Enumerate
7551 \begin_layout Standard
7552 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7556 \begin_layout Standard
7557 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7559 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7562 \begin_layout Enumerate
7567 \begin_layout Enumerate
7568 This is (a) and it's nested.
7571 \begin_layout Standard
7572 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7578 \begin_layout Standard
7580 \begin_inset Tabular
7581 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7582 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7583 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7584 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7668 \begin_layout Standard
7669 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7675 \begin_layout Enumerate
7677 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7685 \begin_layout Enumerate
7689 \begin_layout Standard
7690 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7696 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7697 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7701 \begin_layout Subsection
7702 Usage and General Features
7705 \begin_layout Standard
7706 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7715 is the innermost possible depth.
7716 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7719 \begin_layout Enumerate
7720 level #1 – outermost
7724 \begin_layout Enumerate
7729 \begin_layout Enumerate
7734 \begin_layout Enumerate
7739 \begin_layout Itemize
7744 \begin_layout Itemize
7753 \begin_layout Standard
7754 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7755 both of them in the example.
7756 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7766 For example, if we tried to nest another
7771 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7778 , we would get errors.
7781 \begin_layout Subsection
7783 \begin_inset Index idx
7786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7795 \begin_layout Standard
7796 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7797 We have several examples of nested environments.
7798 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7802 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7803 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7806 \begin_layout Labeling
7807 \labelwidthstring MMM
7808 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7817 \begin_layout Labeling
7818 \labelwidthstring MMM
7819 #2-a This is level #2.
7820 We created it by using
7823 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7829 arg "depth-increment"
7836 \begin_layout Labeling
7837 \labelwidthstring MMM
7838 #3-a This is level #3.
7839 This time, we just hit
7846 arg "depth-increment"
7850 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7854 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7860 arg "depth-increment"
7867 \begin_layout Standard
7872 environment, nested inside of
7873 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7877 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7881 So, it's at level #4.
7882 We did this by hitting
7885 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7891 arg "depth-increment"
7894 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7899 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
7915 \begin_layout Standard
7920 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7923 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7929 \begin_layout Labeling
7930 \labelwidthstring MMM
7931 #4-a This is level #4.
7935 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7938 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7943 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
7947 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7952 keep nesting things inside
7953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7964 \begin_layout Labeling
7965 \labelwidthstring MMM
7966 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7971 \begin_layout Labeling
7972 \labelwidthstring MMM
7973 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7974 and this is level #6.
7975 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7979 \begin_layout Labeling
7980 \labelwidthstring MMM
7981 #5-b Back to level #5.
7985 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7991 arg "depth-decrement"
7998 \begin_layout Labeling
7999 \labelwidthstring MMM
8003 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8009 arg "depth-decrement"
8012 , we're back at level #4.
8016 \begin_layout Labeling
8017 \labelwidthstring MMM
8018 #3-b Back to level #3.
8019 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8023 \begin_layout Labeling
8024 \labelwidthstring MMM
8025 #2-b Back to level #2.
8030 \begin_layout Labeling
8031 \labelwidthstring MMM
8032 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8033 After this sentence, we'll hit
8037 and change the paragraph environment back to
8044 \begin_layout Standard
8045 We could have also used the
8061 environment in place of the
8066 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8069 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8070 Example 2: Inheritance
8073 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8074 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8077 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8086 arg "depth-increment"
8089 , after which, we'll change to the
8097 \begin_layout Enumerate
8102 environment, at level #2.
8105 \begin_layout Enumerate
8106 Notice how the nested
8110 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8114 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8118 \begin_layout Standard
8119 We ended this example by hitting
8124 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8128 and reset the nesting depth by using
8131 arg "depth-decrement"
8137 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8138 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8151 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8159 \begin_layout Enumerate
8160 This is level #1, in an
8164 paragraph environment.
8165 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8169 \begin_layout Enumerate
8174 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8180 arg "depth-increment"
8184 Now, what happens if we nest an
8188 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8189 label be? An asterisk?
8193 \begin_layout Itemize
8203 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8204 So, its label is a bullet.
8205 (We got here by using
8208 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8214 arg "depth-increment"
8217 , then changing the environment to
8225 \begin_layout Itemize
8226 Here's level #4, produced using
8229 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8235 arg "depth-increment"
8239 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8244 \begin_layout Enumerate
8245 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8247 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8252 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8256 , because we are in the
8265 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8284 \begin_layout Enumerate
8289 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8290 type of numbering does LyX use?
8293 \begin_layout Enumerate
8294 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8297 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8300 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8303 \begin_layout Enumerate
8307 arg "depth-decrement"
8310 to decrease the depth after the next
8313 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8320 \begin_layout Enumerate
8322 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8326 \begin_layout Enumerate
8328 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8329 numeral as the label.Why?
8332 \begin_layout Enumerate
8333 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8342 Notice, however, that LyX
8346 reset the counter for the label.
8350 \begin_layout Enumerate
8354 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8360 arg "depth-decrement"
8363 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8364 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8365 into the twofold-nested
8373 \begin_layout Enumerate
8374 The same thing happens if we do another
8377 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8383 arg "depth-decrement"
8386 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8389 \begin_layout Standard
8390 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8395 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8409 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8415 The same rule applies for the
8419 environment, as well.
8422 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8423 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8426 \begin_layout Enumerate
8427 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8428 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8429 same detail with how we did it.
8438 \begin_layout Standard
8446 arg "depth-increment"
8453 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8454 example in parentheses someplace.
8455 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8456 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8457 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8461 \begin_layout Enumerate
8466 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8471 Now we'll add verse.
8472 \begin_inset Newline newline
8475 It will get much worse.
8476 \begin_inset Newline newline
8486 arg "depth-increment"
8497 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8498 \begin_inset Newline newline
8501 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8502 \begin_inset Newline newline
8508 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8521 \begin_layout Standard
8522 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8528 \begin_layout Standard
8530 \begin_inset Tabular
8531 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8532 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8533 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8534 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8623 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8633 arg "depth-increment"
8639 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8649 arg "depth-decrement"
8656 \begin_layout Enumerate
8661 : level #1) This is another item.
8662 Note that selecting a
8666 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8667 3 times to put the table inside the
8675 \begin_layout Quotation
8676 We're now ending the
8680 list and changing to
8685 We're still at level #1.
8686 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8687 The next set of paragraphs is a
8688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8702 \begin_inset space ~
8707 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8711 for the letter body.
8715 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8718 to preserve the depth.
8719 Remember that you need to use
8722 arg "newline-insert newline"
8725 to create multiple lines inside the
8732 \begin_inset space ~
8742 \begin_layout Right Address
8744 \begin_inset Newline newline
8747 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8748 \begin_inset Newline newline
8754 \begin_layout Address
8756 \begin_inset space ~
8762 \begin_layout Quotation
8763 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8764 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8767 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8768 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8769 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8770 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8771 as soon as possible.
8772 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8775 \begin_layout Quotation
8776 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8777 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8778 with your order, along with payment.
8781 \begin_layout Quotation
8782 We thank you again for your patience.
8785 \begin_layout Address
8787 \begin_inset Newline newline
8794 \begin_layout Quotation
8795 That ends that example!
8798 \begin_layout Standard
8799 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8800 just a few keystrokes.
8801 We could have easily nested an
8822 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8825 \begin_layout Section
8826 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8827 \begin_inset Index idx
8830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8839 \begin_layout Standard
8840 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
8841 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8842 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8843 be broken at the end of a line.
8844 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8848 \begin_layout Subsection
8850 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8852 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8857 \begin_inset Index idx
8860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8869 \begin_layout Standard
8870 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8872 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8876 Further documentation is given in section
8877 \begin_inset Newline newline
8881 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8883 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8891 \begin_layout Standard
8892 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8905 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8907 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8916 A protected space is set with
8918 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8919 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8923 \begin_inset space ~
8933 arg "space-insert protected"
8939 \begin_layout Subsection
8941 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8943 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8948 \begin_inset Index idx
8951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8952 Spacing ! Horizontal
8960 \begin_layout Standard
8961 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8963 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8964 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8968 The length units are listed in Appendix
8969 \begin_inset space ~
8973 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8975 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8982 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8984 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8986 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8991 \begin_inset Index idx
8994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9003 \begin_layout Standard
9005 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9009 \begin_inset space \space{}
9012 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9013 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9014 \begin_inset space ~
9018 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9020 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9025 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9026 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9029 arg "space-insert normal"
9035 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9037 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9039 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9044 \begin_inset Index idx
9047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9056 \begin_layout Standard
9058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9065 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9066 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9070 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9074 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9075 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9076 inside abbreviations:
9081 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9085 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9088 \begin_layout Standard
9089 or between values and units.
9090 Compare for example this:
9091 \begin_inset Newline newline
9095 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9099 \begin_inset Newline newline
9105 \begin_layout Standard
9106 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9108 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9109 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9111 \begin_inset space ~
9119 arg "space-insert thin"
9125 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9127 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9129 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9136 \begin_layout Standard
9137 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9140 \begin_layout Description
9142 \begin_inset space ~
9146 \begin_inset space ~
9150 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9154 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9158 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9161 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9164 \begin_layout Description
9166 \begin_inset space ~
9170 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9174 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9178 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9182 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9186 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9189 em) space between the arrows.
9192 \begin_layout Description
9194 \begin_inset space ~
9198 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9202 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9206 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9210 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9214 \begin_inset space ~
9218 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9221 em) space between the arrows.
9224 \begin_layout Description
9226 \begin_inset space ~
9230 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9234 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9238 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9242 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9246 \begin_inset space ~
9250 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9253 em) space between the arrows.
9256 \begin_layout Description
9258 \begin_inset space ~
9262 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9266 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9271 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9275 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9278 cm space between the arrows.
9281 \begin_layout Standard
9283 \begin_inset space ~
9287 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9289 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9293 lists the different space sizes.
9296 \begin_layout Standard
9297 \begin_inset Float table
9302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9304 \begin_inset Caption
9306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9307 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9309 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9313 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9323 \begin_inset Tabular
9324 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9325 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9326 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9327 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9367 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9391 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9415 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9439 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9454 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9467 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9482 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9495 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9510 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9523 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9544 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9550 \begin_inset Index idx
9553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9562 \begin_layout Standard
9563 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9564 in a uniform fashion.
9565 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9566 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9567 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9568 equally between themselves.
9572 \begin_layout Standard
9573 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9578 This is on the left side
9579 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9582 This is on the right
9588 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9592 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9601 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9605 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9609 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9615 \begin_layout Standard
9616 That was an example in the
9622 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9626 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9630 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9633 is one in a standard paragraph.
9634 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9638 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9641 \begin_layout Standard
9642 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9645 \begin_inset space ~
9650 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9653 \begin_layout Standard
9655 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9659 \begin_inset space ~
9665 \begin_layout Standard
9667 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9671 \begin_inset space ~
9677 \begin_layout Standard
9679 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9683 \begin_inset space ~
9689 \begin_layout Standard
9691 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9695 \begin_inset space ~
9701 \begin_layout Standard
9703 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9707 \begin_inset space ~
9713 \begin_layout Standard
9715 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9719 \begin_inset space ~
9725 \begin_layout Standard
9726 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9734 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9738 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9739 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9740 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9744 option in the space dialog.
9752 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9754 \begin_inset Index idx
9757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9766 \begin_layout Standard
9767 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9769 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9773 \begin_inset space \space{}
9776 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9779 \begin_layout Standard
9780 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9783 What is correct English?:
9784 \begin_inset Newline newline
9788 \begin_inset Newline newline
9792 \begin_inset space ~
9795 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9796 \begin_inset Newline newline
9803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9814 \begin_inset Newline newline
9821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9832 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9838 \begin_layout Standard
9839 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9840 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9844 \begin_inset space ~
9848 \begin_inset space ~
9852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9856 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9868 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9872 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9874 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9878 for more information about TeX-Code.
9884 In our case write the command
9891 (note the space after
9892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9899 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9900 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9901 That is why it is named
9902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9914 There exists also the commands
9926 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
9927 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9928 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9930 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9942 \begin_layout Subsection
9944 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9946 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9951 \begin_inset Index idx
9954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9963 \begin_layout Standard
9964 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9966 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9967 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9969 \begin_inset space ~
9975 There you find the following sizes:
9978 \begin_layout Standard
9991 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
9996 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9998 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10002 \begin_inset Index idx
10005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10006 Document ! Settings
10011 for the paragraph separation.
10012 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10023 \begin_layout Standard
10029 \begin_inset Index idx
10032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10038 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10039 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10041 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10042 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10051 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10060 s are described in section
10061 \begin_inset space ~
10065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10067 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10076 If there are several
10080 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10081 You can therefore use
10085 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10088 \begin_layout Standard
10093 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10094 \begin_inset space ~
10098 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10100 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10107 \begin_layout Standard
10108 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10118 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10119 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10131 \begin_layout Subsection
10132 Paragraph Alignment
10135 \begin_layout Standard
10136 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10138 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10142 There are five possibilities:
10145 \begin_layout Itemize
10153 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10159 \begin_layout Itemize
10167 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10173 \begin_layout Itemize
10181 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10187 \begin_layout Itemize
10195 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10201 \begin_layout Itemize
10209 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10215 \begin_layout Standard
10216 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10217 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10218 the left and right margins.
10219 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10222 \begin_layout Standard
10224 This paragraph is right aligned,
10227 \begin_layout Standard
10229 this one is centered,
10232 \begin_layout Standard
10234 this one is left aligned.
10237 \begin_layout Subsection
10239 \begin_inset Index idx
10242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10243 Page breaks ! Forced
10249 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10251 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10258 \begin_layout Standard
10259 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10260 can force a page break where you want one.
10261 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10262 Only if you use a lot of
10266 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10269 \begin_layout Standard
10270 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10271 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10275 have to change the page breaking.
10278 \begin_layout Standard
10279 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10281 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10283 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10284 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10286 \begin_inset space ~
10292 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10294 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10295 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10297 \begin_inset space ~
10302 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10304 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10305 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10308 \begin_layout Standard
10309 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10310 at the top of a page.
10311 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10312 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10313 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10314 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10316 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10318 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10322 to learn more about
10329 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10331 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10333 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10338 \begin_inset Index idx
10341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10342 Page breaks ! Clear
10350 \begin_layout Standard
10351 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10352 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10353 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10354 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10355 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10358 \begin_layout Standard
10359 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10361 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10362 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10364 \begin_inset space ~
10370 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10372 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10373 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10375 \begin_inset space ~
10379 \begin_inset space ~
10384 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10385 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10388 \begin_layout Subsection
10390 \begin_inset Index idx
10393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10400 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10402 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10409 \begin_layout Standard
10410 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10412 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10414 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10415 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10417 \begin_inset space ~
10421 \begin_inset space ~
10429 arg "newline-insert newline"
10433 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10435 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10436 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10438 \begin_inset space ~
10442 \begin_inset space ~
10447 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10449 This is necessary to avoid
10450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10457 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10460 \begin_layout Standard
10461 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10462 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10463 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10464 set a line break, e.
10465 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10469 \begin_inset space \space{}
10472 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10473 \begin_inset space ~
10477 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10479 reference "sec:Quote"
10484 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10486 reference "sec:Verse"
10491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10493 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10500 \begin_layout Subsection
10502 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10504 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10509 \begin_inset Index idx
10512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10521 \begin_layout Standard
10526 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10527 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10529 \begin_inset space ~
10534 you can insert horizontal lines that span the whole width of the document
10540 \begin_layout Section
10541 Characters and Symbols
10544 \begin_layout Standard
10545 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10546 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10547 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10551 \begin_inset space \space{}
10554 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10556 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10562 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10566 for information on how this is done.
10569 \begin_layout Standard
10570 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10575 dialog via the menu
10577 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10578 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10584 \begin_layout Standard
10585 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10593 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10594 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10595 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10603 \begin_layout Section
10604 Fonts and Text Styles
10605 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10607 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10614 \begin_layout Subsection
10616 \begin_inset Index idx
10619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10628 \begin_layout Standard
10629 There are two types of fonts:
10632 \begin_layout Description
10634 \begin_inset space ~
10638 \begin_inset Index idx
10641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10647 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10648 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10652 characters) in the font.
10653 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10654 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10655 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10656 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10657 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10658 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10659 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10660 \begin_inset Newline newline
10663 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10664 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10665 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10666 sizes than at small ones.
10667 \begin_inset Newline newline
10681 \begin_inset space ~
10689 \begin_layout Description
10691 \begin_inset space ~
10695 \begin_inset Index idx
10698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10704 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10705 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10706 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10707 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10708 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10709 picture manipulation program.
10710 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10711 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10712 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10713 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10714 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10716 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10717 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10718 \begin_inset Newline newline
10721 Bitmap fonts are named
10724 \begin_inset space ~
10729 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10732 \begin_layout Standard
10733 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10734 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10735 So one need fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10736 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10737 use scalable fonts.
10740 \begin_layout Standard
10741 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10742 its document properties.
10745 \begin_layout Standard
10746 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10747 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10748 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10749 font to emphasize text, you use an
10750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10758 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10759 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10763 \begin_layout Subsection
10764 Document Font and Font size
10765 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10767 name "sub:Document-Font"
10772 \begin_inset Index idx
10775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10782 \begin_inset Index idx
10785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10794 \begin_layout Standard
10795 You can set the document fonts in the
10797 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10801 \begin_inset Index idx
10804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10805 Document ! Settings
10811 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10812 font shapes roman (serif),
10815 \begin_inset space ~
10827 \begin_layout Standard
10828 The possible options for the font include
10832 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10837 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10846 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10854 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10859 European Computer Modern
10862 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10872 \begin_layout Standard
10881 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10882 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10887 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10890 \begin_inset space ~
10895 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10901 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10902 There are three ways to use one:
10905 \begin_layout Itemize
10906 One way is to use the
10916 Virtual means that it
10917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10928 -glyphs from other fonts.
10929 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10935 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10939 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10951 Loading the LaTeX-package
10956 \begin_inset Index idx
10959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10960 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10965 with the document preamble line
10966 \begin_inset Newline newline
10973 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10974 \begin_inset Newline newline
10979 will fix the guillemet problem.
10984 and that accented characters are not
10988 glyph, they are build of
10992 characters, the accent and the letter.
10993 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10997 fonts for words with accented characters.
10998 If you search for example for the French word
10999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11006 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11015 and not for the glyph
11016 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11020 \begin_inset space ~
11024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11030 \begin_layout Itemize
11031 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
11035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11044 , consist of these three main font types
11047 \begin_inset space ~
11076 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11080 \begin_inset space ~
11087 as typewriter font.
11088 \begin_inset Newline newline
11091 The differences between roman,
11094 \begin_inset space ~
11103 fonts are explained in section
11104 \begin_inset space ~
11108 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11110 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11115 \begin_inset Newline newline
11122 was originally designed for newspapers.
11123 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11124 into the small newspaper columns.
11129 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11132 \begin_layout Itemize
11133 The best solution is to use the
11142 These fonts were developed for the LaTeX community to replace
11146 as the default font.
11147 In most cases they look the same as
11155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11156 One difference is improved kerning for the
11169 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11180 \begin_layout Standard
11181 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11184 For the font size there are four possible values:
11201 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
11204 \begin_layout Standard
11205 The font sizes are the
11210 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11211 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11212 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11215 \begin_inset space ~
11221 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11222 \begin_inset space ~
11226 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11228 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11235 \begin_layout Standard
11240 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11241 a font to display the script characters.
11245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11246 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11251 So this has no effect for the document language
11267 \begin_layout Standard
11268 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11272 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11280 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11284 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11285 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11286 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11288 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11291 dialog, see section
11292 \begin_inset space ~
11296 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11298 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11310 \begin_layout Subsection
11311 Using Different Character Styles
11312 \begin_inset Index idx
11315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11322 \begin_inset Index idx
11325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11334 \begin_layout Standard
11335 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11336 certain paragraph environments.
11337 LyX supports two character styles,
11346 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11350 \begin_layout Standard
11355 style, do one of the following:
11358 \begin_layout Itemize
11359 click on the toolbar button
11360 \begin_inset Graphics
11361 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11368 \begin_layout Itemize
11369 use the key binding
11378 \begin_layout Standard
11379 These commands are all toggles.
11384 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11387 \begin_layout Standard
11388 One typically uses the
11392 style for proper names.
11394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11401 is the original author of LyX.
11402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11408 \begin_layout Standard
11409 A more widely used character style is the
11414 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
11421 \begin_layout Itemize
11422 clicking on the toolbar button
11423 \begin_inset Graphics
11424 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11431 \begin_layout Itemize
11432 using the keybindings
11441 \begin_layout Standard
11446 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11447 es use a different font.
11450 \begin_layout Standard
11451 We've been using the
11455 style all over the place in this document.
11456 Here's one more example:
11459 \begin_layout Quotation
11462 Don't overuse character styles!
11465 \begin_layout Standard
11466 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11467 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11468 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11469 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11473 \begin_layout Standard
11474 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11482 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11484 \begin_inset space ~
11492 \begin_layout Subsection
11493 Fine-Tuning with the
11498 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11500 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11505 \begin_inset Index idx
11508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11517 \begin_layout Standard
11518 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11519 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11520 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11521 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11522 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11523 from ordinary dialog.
11526 \begin_layout Standard
11527 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11528 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11529 \begin_inset Newline newline
11532 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11533 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11536 \begin_layout Standard
11537 To use custom character styles, open the
11539 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11541 \begin_inset space ~
11547 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11548 font property which you can choose.
11549 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11552 \begin_inset space ~
11557 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11562 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11563 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11564 environments in a snap.
11567 \begin_layout Standard
11568 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11571 \begin_inset space ~
11583 \begin_layout Labeling
11584 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11598 The possible options are:
11602 \begin_layout Labeling
11603 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11608 This is the Roman font family.
11609 Normally a serif font.
11610 It's also the default family.
11620 \begin_layout Labeling
11621 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11625 \begin_inset space ~
11632 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11644 \begin_layout Labeling
11645 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11652 This is the Typewriter font family.
11658 arg "font-typewriter"
11667 \begin_layout Labeling
11668 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11673 This corresponds to the print weight.
11678 \begin_layout Labeling
11679 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11684 This is the Medium font series.
11685 It's also the default series.
11688 \begin_layout Labeling
11689 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11696 This is the Bold font series.
11709 \begin_layout Labeling
11710 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11715 As the name implies.
11720 \begin_layout Labeling
11721 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11726 This is the Upright font shape.
11727 It's also the default shape.
11730 \begin_layout Labeling
11731 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11745 s the Italic font shape
11751 \begin_layout Labeling
11752 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11759 This is the Slanted font shape
11761 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11764 \begin_layout Labeling
11765 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11769 \begin_inset space ~
11776 This is the Small caps font shape
11783 \begin_layout Labeling
11784 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11789 Alters the size of the font.
11790 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11791 nal to the document font size.
11792 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11793 what you want to do.
11798 \begin_layout Labeling
11799 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11820 arg "font-size tiny"
11826 \begin_layout Labeling
11827 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11835 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11848 arg "font-size scriptsize"
11854 \begin_layout Labeling
11855 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11876 arg "font-size footnotesize"
11882 \begin_layout Labeling
11883 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11904 arg "font-size small"
11910 \begin_layout Labeling
11911 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11925 It's also the default size.
11929 arg "font-size normal"
11935 \begin_layout Labeling
11936 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11948 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11957 arg "font-size large"
11963 \begin_layout Labeling
11964 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11972 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11985 arg "font-size larger"
11991 \begin_layout Labeling
11992 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12013 arg "font-size largest"
12019 \begin_layout Labeling
12020 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12032 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12041 arg "font-size huge"
12047 \begin_layout Labeling
12048 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12069 arg "font-size giant"
12076 \begin_layout Standard
12081 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12082 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12083 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12084 — use that instead.
12085 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12088 \begin_layout Labeling
12089 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12094 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12099 \begin_layout Labeling
12100 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12107 This is text with emphasize on
12110 This might seem like the same as
12114 , but it is actually a bit different.
12120 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12122 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12125 \begin_layout Labeling
12126 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12133 This is text with Underbar on.
12139 arg "font-underline"
12145 \begin_inset Newline newline
12150 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12151 when you couldn't change fonts.
12152 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12153 It's only included in LyX because some people
12157 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12160 \begin_layout Labeling
12161 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12168 This is text with Noun on.
12175 , this is a logical attribute.
12176 Normally it's equivalent to
12179 \begin_inset space ~
12188 \begin_layout Labeling
12189 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12194 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12195 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12199 \begin_inset space ~
12204 , which is the default
12205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12212 and means normally black, you can choose between
12245 \begin_inset Index idx
12248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12257 \begin_layout Labeling
12258 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12263 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12264 the language of the document.
12265 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12269 \begin_layout Standard
12270 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12271 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12273 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12275 \begin_inset space ~
12280 dialog, the settings are saved.
12281 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12282 \begin_inset Graphics
12283 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12288 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12289 when the dialog isn't visible.
12293 \begin_layout Standard
12294 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12301 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12302 (suppose you just set the shape to
12303 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12311 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12321 \begin_inset space ~
12333 \begin_layout Standard
12334 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12342 \begin_inset space ~
12354 \begin_layout Itemize
12360 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12364 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12367 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12368 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12372 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12376 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12380 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12385 \begin_inset Newline newline
12392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12417 \begin_inset Note Note
12420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12421 For more on phantoms see section
12422 \begin_inset space ~
12426 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12428 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12438 \begin_inset Newline newline
12444 \begin_layout Itemize
12449 fonts use characters with serifs.
12450 These are the small
12451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12458 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12459 The following example will show the difference:
12460 \begin_inset Newline newline
12464 \begin_inset Newline newline
12469 text without serifs
12472 \begin_inset Newline newline
12475 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12476 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12483 \begin_layout Itemize
12489 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12490 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12493 \begin_layout Standard
12494 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12495 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12498 \begin_layout Section
12499 Printing and Previewing
12502 \begin_layout Subsection
12506 \begin_layout Standard
12507 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12508 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12509 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12510 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12511 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
12513 Additional Features
12518 \begin_layout Standard
12519 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12520 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12521 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12522 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12523 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12524 This happens in two stages:
12527 \begin_layout Enumerate
12528 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12529 generating a file with the extension,
12530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12538 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12544 \begin_layout Enumerate
12545 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12549 file to produce printable output.
12553 \begin_layout Subsection
12554 Output file formats
12555 \begin_inset Index idx
12558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12565 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12567 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12574 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12576 \begin_inset Index idx
12579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12580 File formats ! ASCII
12588 \begin_layout Standard
12589 This file type has the extension
12590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12602 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12603 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12606 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12607 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12613 \begin_layout Standard
12614 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12616 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12617 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12623 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12625 \begin_inset Index idx
12628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12629 File formats ! LaTeX
12637 \begin_layout Standard
12638 This file type has the extension
12639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12650 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12652 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12653 it manually with console commands.
12654 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12655 you view or export your document.
12658 \begin_layout Standard
12659 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12661 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12662 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12679 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12681 \begin_inset Index idx
12684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12693 \begin_layout Standard
12694 This file type has the extension
12695 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12715 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12716 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12717 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12721 \begin_layout Standard
12722 DVI files doen't contain images, they only link them.
12723 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12724 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12725 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
12727 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12730 \begin_layout Standard
12731 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12733 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12734 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12740 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12742 \begin_inset Index idx
12745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12746 File formats ! PostScript
12754 \begin_layout Standard
12755 This file type has the extension
12756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12768 PostScript was developed by the company
12772 as a printer language.
12773 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12775 PostScript can be seen as a
12776 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12779 programming language
12780 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12783 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12788 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
12794 \begin_inset Index idx
12797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12798 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12808 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12811 \begin_layout Standard
12812 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12813 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12816 Encapsulated PostScript
12817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12820 (EPS, file extension
12821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12829 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12833 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12834 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12836 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12839 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
12840 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12843 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
12844 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12845 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12846 EPS to avoid this problem.
12849 \begin_layout Standard
12850 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12852 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12853 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12859 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12861 \begin_inset Index idx
12864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12871 \begin_inset Index idx
12874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12883 \begin_layout Standard
12884 This file type has the extension
12885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12901 Portable Document Format
12902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12909 was derived from PostScript.
12910 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
12912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12919 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12920 looks exactly the same.
12923 \begin_layout Standard
12924 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12928 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12932 (JPG, file extension
12933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12945 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12960 Portable Network Graphics
12961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12964 (PNG, file extension
12965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12973 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12977 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12978 in the background to one of these formats.
12979 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12980 will slow down your workflow.
12981 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12984 \begin_layout Standard
12985 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12987 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12990 in three different ways:
12993 \begin_layout Description
12994 PDF This uses the program
12998 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12999 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13003 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13004 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13007 \begin_layout Description
13009 \begin_inset space ~
13012 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13016 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13020 \begin_layout Description
13022 \begin_inset space ~
13025 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13029 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13032 \begin_layout Standard
13033 We recommend to use
13036 \begin_inset space ~
13045 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13046 works without problems.
13051 is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13054 \begin_layout Subsection
13056 \begin_inset Index idx
13059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13068 \begin_layout Standard
13069 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13070 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13074 and choose a file type.
13075 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
13078 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13081 you can use the toolbar button
13082 \begin_inset Graphics
13083 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13090 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13095 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13097 \begin_inset space ~
13103 \begin_inset Graphics
13104 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13110 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13114 \begin_inset Graphics
13115 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13122 arg "buffer-view ps"
13128 \begin_layout Standard
13129 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13130 viewer window using the menu
13132 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13138 \begin_layout Standard
13139 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13141 To have a real output, export your document.
13144 \begin_layout Subsection
13145 Printing the File from within LyX
13146 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13148 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13155 \begin_layout Standard
13156 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
13157 it directly from within LyX.
13158 To print a file, select the menu
13160 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13163 or click on the toolbar button
13164 \begin_inset Graphics
13165 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13170 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13171 This file is then processed by the program
13175 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13180 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13183 \begin_layout Standard
13184 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
13185 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13186 printing one set to print on the other side.
13187 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13188 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13189 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13192 \begin_layout Standard
13193 You can set the parameters in the
13196 \begin_inset space ~
13204 \begin_layout Labeling
13205 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13210 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13215 Note that this printer name is for the program
13224 has to be configured for this printer name.
13225 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13226 \begin_inset space ~
13230 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13232 reference "sub:Printer"
13241 The printer should understand PostScript.
13244 \begin_layout Labeling
13245 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13250 The name of a file to print to.
13251 The output will be a PostScript file.
13252 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13256 \begin_layout Section
13257 A few Words about Typography
13258 \begin_inset Index idx
13261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13270 \begin_layout Subsection
13272 \begin_inset Index idx
13275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13284 \begin_layout Standard
13286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13297 character comes in four lengths: the
13309 , and the minus sign:
13310 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13316 \begin_layout Standard
13317 \begin_inset Tabular
13318 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
13319 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
13320 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13321 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13322 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13323 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13352 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13392 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13417 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13419 \begin_inset space ~
13422 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13429 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13454 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13456 \begin_inset space ~
13459 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13480 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13514 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13520 \begin_layout Standard
13521 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
13522 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13533 character multiple times in a row.
13534 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
13535 the final output, but not in LyX.
13537 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13541 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13553 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13557 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13561 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13567 \begin_layout Standard
13568 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13569 math mode and has a length of its own.
13570 Here are some examples of the
13571 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13585 \begin_layout Enumerate
13586 line- and page-breaks
13587 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13597 \begin_layout Enumerate
13599 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13609 \begin_layout Enumerate
13610 Oh — there's a dash.
13611 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13621 \begin_layout Enumerate
13622 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13626 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13636 \begin_layout Subsection
13638 \begin_inset Index idx
13641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13648 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13650 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13657 \begin_layout Standard
13658 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13659 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13664 \begin_inset Index idx
13667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13668 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13673 following the rules of the document language
13677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13678 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13686 \begin_inset space ~
13690 \begin_inset space ~
13697 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13708 \begin_layout Standard
13709 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
13714 font and with unusual constructs, like
13715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13723 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13724 This is done with the menu
13726 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13727 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13729 \begin_inset space ~
13735 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13736 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13739 \begin_layout Standard
13740 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13741 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
13743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13751 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
13752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13759 as hyphenation possibility.
13760 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13761 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into the
13762 argument of the LaTeX-box-command
13768 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13769 As LyX doesn't support
13775 , you have to use TeX Code.
13776 The result looks in LyX like:
13779 \begin_layout Standard
13780 \begin_inset Graphics
13781 filename clipart/mbox.png
13788 \begin_layout Standard
13789 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13790 \begin_inset space ~
13794 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13796 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13803 \begin_layout Subsection
13805 \begin_inset Index idx
13808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13817 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13818 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13819 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13821 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13828 \begin_layout Standard
13829 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13830 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13831 LaTeX then adds the
13832 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13835 appropriate amount of space
13836 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13840 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13842 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13845 \begin_layout Standard
13846 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
13847 not work in all cases.
13849 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13860 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13861 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13864 \begin_layout Standard
13865 Here are some examples of
13869 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13872 \begin_layout Itemize
13877 \begin_layout Itemize
13882 \begin_layout Standard
13883 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13886 \begin_layout Itemize
13888 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13892 this is too much space!
13895 \begin_layout Itemize
13900 \begin_layout Standard
13901 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13904 \begin_layout Standard
13905 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13908 \begin_layout Enumerate
13912 \begin_inset space ~
13917 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13918 \begin_inset space ~
13922 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13924 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13929 \begin_inset Index idx
13932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13933 Spaces ! inter-word
13941 \begin_layout Enumerate
13945 \begin_inset space ~
13950 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13951 \begin_inset space ~
13955 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13957 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13962 \begin_inset Index idx
13965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13974 \begin_layout Enumerate
13978 \begin_inset space ~
13982 \begin_inset space ~
13986 \begin_inset space ~
13993 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13995 \begin_inset space ~
14000 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14001 This function is also bound to
14004 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
14010 \begin_layout Standard
14011 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14014 \begin_layout Itemize
14016 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14020 \begin_inset space \space{}
14023 this is too much space!
14026 \begin_layout Itemize
14027 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14031 \begin_layout Standard
14032 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14033 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
14034 will take care of this.
14037 \begin_layout Standard
14038 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14042 \begin_inset space ~
14047 feature described in section
14053 Additional Features
14058 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14060 \begin_inset Index idx
14063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14064 Typography ! Quotes
14070 \begin_inset Index idx
14073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14104 \begin_layout Standard
14105 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14106 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14107 and use a closing quote at the end.
14109 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14117 The keyboard character,
14121 , generates this automatically.
14124 \begin_layout Standard
14125 You can change the behavior of the
14129 key using the submenu
14135 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14139 \begin_inset Index idx
14142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14143 Document ! Settings
14151 \begin_layout Standard
14152 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14157 There are six choices:
14160 \begin_layout Labeling
14161 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14164 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14173 Use quotes like this
14174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14178 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14182 \begin_inset Quotes els
14186 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14192 \begin_layout Labeling
14193 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14196 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14200 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14206 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14210 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14214 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14220 \begin_layout Labeling
14221 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14224 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14228 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14234 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14238 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14242 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14246 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14252 \begin_layout Labeling
14253 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14256 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14260 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14266 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14270 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14274 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14278 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14284 \begin_layout Labeling
14285 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14288 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14292 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14298 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14302 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14306 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14310 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14316 \begin_layout Labeling
14317 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14320 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14324 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14330 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14334 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14338 \begin_inset Quotes als
14342 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14348 \begin_layout Standard
14349 These settings affect what character the
14356 \begin_layout Subsection
14358 \begin_inset Index idx
14361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14362 Typography ! Ligatures
14368 \begin_inset Index idx
14371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14400 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14402 name "sub:Ligatures"
14409 \begin_layout Standard
14410 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14411 print them as single characters.
14412 These groups are known as
14417 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14419 Here are the standard ligatures:
14422 \begin_layout Itemize
14426 \begin_layout Itemize
14430 \begin_layout Itemize
14434 \begin_layout Itemize
14438 \begin_layout Itemize
14442 \begin_layout Standard
14443 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14446 \begin_layout Standard
14447 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14448 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14456 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14465 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14469 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14472 To break a ligature, use
14474 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14475 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14477 \begin_inset space ~
14484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14495 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14501 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14512 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14520 \begin_layout Subsection
14522 \begin_inset Index idx
14525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14532 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14534 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14541 \begin_layout Standard
14542 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
14543 characters in different sizes and heights.
14544 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14545 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
14546 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14561 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14565 \begin_inset Note Note
14568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14569 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14577 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14578 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14583 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14587 \begin_layout Description
14588 LyX The name of the game, write
14589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14610 \begin_layout Description
14611 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14612 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14627 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14633 \begin_layout Description
14634 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14635 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14650 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14656 \begin_layout Description
14657 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14679 \begin_layout Standard
14680 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14685 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14693 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14694 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14695 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14698 : The actual version is
14699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14706 , the previous one was
14707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14717 \begin_layout Standard
14718 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14719 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14723 \begin_inset space \space{}
14726 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14728 This will look in LyX like:
14729 \begin_inset Graphics
14730 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14736 \begin_inset Newline newline
14739 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14740 \begin_inset space ~
14744 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14746 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14753 \begin_layout Subsection
14755 \begin_inset Index idx
14758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14767 \begin_layout Standard
14768 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14769 space between two words.
14770 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14773 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14777 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14780 for units use the menu
14782 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14783 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14785 \begin_inset space ~
14793 arg "space-insert thin"
14799 \begin_layout Standard
14800 Here's an example to show the differences:
14803 \begin_layout Standard
14804 \begin_inset Tabular
14805 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14806 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14807 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14808 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14815 \begin_inset space ~
14819 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14831 space between number and unit
14838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14843 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14847 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14859 half space between number and unit
14872 \begin_layout Subsection
14874 \begin_inset Index idx
14877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14878 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14886 \begin_layout Standard
14887 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14889 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14890 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14891 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14892 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14893 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14894 These bits of text became known as
14905 \begin_layout Standard
14906 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14907 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14908 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14909 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14910 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14911 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14912 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14915 \begin_layout Standard
14916 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14917 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14918 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14919 \begin_inset space ~
14923 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14925 key "latexcompanion"
14930 \begin_inset space ~
14934 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14940 ] may have more information.
14941 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14944 \begin_layout Chapter
14945 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14946 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14948 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14955 \begin_layout Standard
14956 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14961 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14964 \begin_layout Section
14966 \begin_inset Index idx
14969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14976 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14985 \begin_layout Standard
14986 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14989 \begin_layout Description
14991 \begin_inset space ~
14994 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14995 \begin_inset Newline newline
14999 \begin_inset Note Note
15002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15003 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15011 \begin_layout Description
15012 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15013 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15015 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15016 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15017 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15020 \begin_inset Newline newline
15024 \begin_inset Note Comment
15027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15028 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15036 \begin_layout Description
15038 \begin_inset space ~
15041 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15042 \begin_inset Newline newline
15046 \begin_inset Newline newline
15050 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15059 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15060 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15061 How this can be done is explained in the
15070 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15076 \begin_inset Newline newline
15080 \begin_inset Newline newline
15083 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15084 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15087 \begin_layout Standard
15088 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15089 \begin_inset Graphics
15090 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15092 scaleBeforeRotation
15098 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15102 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15105 \begin_layout Section
15107 \begin_inset Index idx
15110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15117 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15119 name "sec:Footnotes"
15126 \begin_layout Standard
15127 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15130 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15133 or the toolbar button
15134 \begin_inset Graphics
15135 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15148 \begin_inset Graphics
15149 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15158 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15187 label, the box will
15191 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15192 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15205 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15221 \begin_layout Standard
15222 Here's an example footnote:
15230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15231 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15239 \begin_layout Standard
15240 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15241 position where the footnote box is placed.
15242 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15243 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15244 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15245 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15246 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15251 ey are described in the
15258 \begin_layout Section
15260 \begin_inset Index idx
15263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15270 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15272 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15279 \begin_layout Standard
15280 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15281 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15283 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15285 \begin_inset space ~
15290 or the toolbar button
15291 \begin_inset Graphics
15292 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15312 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15316 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15319 appearing within your text.
15320 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15329 \begin_layout Standard
15330 At the side is an example marginal note.
15334 \begin_inset Marginal
15337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15338 This is a marginal note.
15346 \begin_layout Standard
15347 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15348 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
15349 pages, right on odd pages.
15352 \begin_layout Section
15353 Graphics and Images
15354 \begin_inset Index idx
15357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15364 \begin_inset Index idx
15367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15374 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15376 name "sec:Graphics"
15383 \begin_layout Standard
15384 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15385 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15386 \begin_inset Graphics
15387 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15393 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15397 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15400 \begin_layout Standard
15401 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15406 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15407 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15409 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15410 \begin_inset space ~
15414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15416 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15423 \begin_layout Standard
15428 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15429 of the image in the output.
15430 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15434 \begin_inset space ~
15438 \begin_inset space ~
15447 \begin_inset space ~
15451 \begin_inset space ~
15455 \begin_inset space ~
15460 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15461 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15469 \begin_layout Standard
15472 LaTeX and LyX options
15474 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15475 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15479 \begin_inset space ~
15484 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15485 with the image size is printed.
15489 \begin_inset space ~
15493 \begin_inset space ~
15497 \begin_inset space ~
15502 is explained in the
15513 \begin_layout Standard
15514 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15515 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15517 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15521 \begin_layout Standard
15523 \begin_inset Graphics
15524 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15526 rotateOrigin center
15533 \begin_layout Standard
15534 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15535 the image into a float, see section
15536 \begin_inset space ~
15540 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15542 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15549 \begin_layout Subsection
15551 \begin_inset Index idx
15554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15561 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15563 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15570 \begin_layout Standard
15571 You can insert images in any known file format.
15572 But as we explained in section
15573 \begin_inset space ~
15577 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15579 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15583 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15584 LyX uses therefore the program
15588 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15589 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15590 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15591 \begin_inset space ~
15595 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15597 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15604 \begin_layout Standard
15605 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15608 \begin_layout Description
15610 \begin_inset space ~
15613 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15614 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15615 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15619 Graphics Interchange Format
15620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15623 (GIF, file extension
15624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15632 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15636 \begin_inset Index idx
15639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15668 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15671 Portable Network Graphics
15672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15675 (PNG, file extension
15676 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15684 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15688 \begin_inset Index idx
15691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15723 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15727 (JPG, file extension
15728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15752 \begin_inset Index idx
15755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15786 \begin_layout Description
15788 \begin_inset space ~
15791 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15793 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15794 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15795 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15796 \begin_inset Newline newline
15799 Scalable image formats can be
15800 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15803 Scalable Vector Graphics
15804 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15807 (SVG, file extension
15808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15820 \begin_inset Index idx
15823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15852 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15855 Encapsulated PostScript
15856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15859 (EPS, file extension
15860 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15872 \begin_inset Index idx
15875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15907 Portable Document Format
15908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15911 (PDF, file extension
15912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15924 \begin_inset Index idx
15927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15934 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15935 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15936 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15942 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15950 \begin_layout Standard
15951 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15955 \begin_layout Subsection
15956 Grouping of Image Settings
15957 \begin_inset Index idx
15960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15961 Images ! Settings grouping
15969 \begin_layout Standard
15970 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
15972 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
15973 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
15975 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
15976 need to manually change each of them.
15980 \begin_layout Standard
15981 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
15984 \begin_inset space ~
15989 field in the Graphics dialog.
15990 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
15991 by checking the name of the desired group.
15994 \begin_layout Section
15996 \begin_inset Index idx
15999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16006 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16015 \begin_layout Standard
16016 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16017 \begin_inset Graphics
16018 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16025 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16029 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16030 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16031 from the rest of the table.
16032 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16033 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16035 Here's an example table:
16038 \begin_layout Standard
16040 \begin_inset Tabular
16041 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16042 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16043 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16044 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16045 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16046 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16246 \begin_layout Subsection
16250 \begin_layout Standard
16251 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16252 brings up the table dialog.
16253 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16254 where the cursor is placed currently.
16255 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16256 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16257 done on all of your selection.
16260 \begin_layout Standard
16261 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16264 \begin_inset space ~
16269 helps you in setting table properties.
16270 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
16273 \begin_layout Standard
16277 \begin_inset space ~
16282 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16283 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16284 current cell respectively.
16285 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16287 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16288 of text, see section
16289 \begin_inset space ~
16293 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16295 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16302 \begin_layout Standard
16303 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16309 This will merge the cells to
16313 cell, spread over more than one column.
16314 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16315 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16316 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16317 in the last row without the upper border:
16320 \begin_layout Standard
16322 \begin_inset Tabular
16323 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16324 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
16325 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16326 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16327 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16328 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16339 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16348 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16424 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16459 \begin_layout Standard
16460 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16461 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16462 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16463 explained in the tables section of the
16466 \begin_inset space ~
16472 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16473 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16476 degrees counterclockwise.
16477 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16480 \begin_layout Standard
16481 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16489 Most DVI-viewers are
16493 able to display rotations.
16501 \begin_layout Standard
16506 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16511 adds lines for all cell borders.
16514 \begin_layout Subsection
16516 \begin_inset Index idx
16519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16520 Tables ! Longtables
16526 \begin_inset Index idx
16529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16538 \begin_layout Standard
16539 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16542 \begin_inset space ~
16546 \begin_inset space ~
16555 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16556 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16559 \begin_layout Description
16564 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16565 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16566 except for the first page, if
16569 \begin_inset space ~
16577 \begin_layout Description
16581 \begin_inset space ~
16586 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16587 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16590 \begin_layout Description
16595 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16596 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16597 except for the last page, if
16600 \begin_inset space ~
16608 \begin_layout Description
16612 \begin_inset space ~
16617 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16618 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16621 \begin_layout Description
16622 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16623 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16625 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16629 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16632 \begin_inset space ~
16640 \begin_layout Standard
16641 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16642 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16643 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16644 The others will then be defined as
16649 In this context, first means first in this order:
16652 \begin_inset space ~
16664 \begin_inset space ~
16670 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16673 \begin_layout Standard
16675 \begin_inset Tabular
16676 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16677 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
16678 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16679 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16680 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16681 <row endfirsthead="true">
16682 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16688 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16693 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16702 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16712 <row endfirsthead="true">
16713 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16724 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16733 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16745 <row endhead="true">
16746 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16757 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16766 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16776 <row endhead="true">
16777 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16788 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16797 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16809 <row endfoot="true">
16810 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16821 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16830 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16861 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17802 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17811 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17820 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17831 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17862 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17893 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17924 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17955 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17986 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18017 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18048 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18079 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18110 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18141 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18172 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18203 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18234 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18265 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18296 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18327 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18358 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18389 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18420 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18451 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18482 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18513 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18544 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18575 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18606 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18637 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18668 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18699 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18730 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18761 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18791 <row endlastfoot="true">
18792 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18803 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18812 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18829 \begin_layout Subsection
18831 \begin_inset Index idx
18834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18841 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18843 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18850 \begin_layout Standard
18851 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18852 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18853 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18854 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18858 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18859 for the cell's paragraph.
18862 \begin_layout Standard
18863 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18864 for the column in the table dialog.
18865 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18866 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18870 \begin_layout Standard
18872 \begin_inset Tabular
18873 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18874 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
18875 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18876 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18877 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18897 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18966 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19022 This is longer now.
19027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19078 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19079 This is longer now.
19084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19110 \begin_layout Standard
19111 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19112 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19117 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19118 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19124 Selection with the mouse or with
19128 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19129 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19130 the selection from outside the table.
19133 \begin_layout Section
19135 \begin_inset Index idx
19138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19145 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19154 \begin_layout Standard
19155 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19156 have a fixed location.
19158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19165 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19173 \begin_inset space ~
19178 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19179 too many notes on the page.
19182 \begin_layout Standard
19183 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
19184 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
19185 and pages without text.
19186 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19187 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19188 Floats are therefore numbered.
19189 Referencing is described in section
19190 \begin_inset space ~
19194 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19196 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19203 \begin_layout Standard
19204 To insert a float, use the menu
19206 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19210 A box with a caption that has e.
19211 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19215 \begin_inset space \space{}
19219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19223 \begin_inset space ~
19227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19230 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19231 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19233 After the label you can insert the caption text.
19234 \begin_inset Index idx
19237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19243 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19244 paragraph within the float.
19245 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19246 by left-clicking on the box label.
19247 A closed float box looks like this:
19248 \begin_inset Graphics
19249 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19254 – a gray button with a red label.
19257 \begin_layout Standard
19258 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19259 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19262 \begin_layout Subsection
19266 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19268 \begin_inset Index idx
19271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19272 Floats ! Figure floats
19278 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19280 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19287 \begin_layout Standard
19290 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19291 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19294 inserts a float with the label
19295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19301 \begin_inset space ~
19307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19311 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19312 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19313 This is what we did for Figure
19314 \begin_inset space ~
19318 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19320 reference "cap:Platypus"
19325 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19326 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19327 This was done in Figure
19328 \begin_inset space ~
19332 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19334 reference "cap:Escher"
19341 \begin_layout Standard
19342 \begin_inset Float figure
19347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19349 \begin_inset Graphics
19350 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19352 rotateOrigin center
19359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19360 \begin_inset Caption
19362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19363 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19365 name "cap:Platypus"
19369 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19382 \begin_layout Standard
19383 \begin_inset Float figure
19388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19389 \begin_inset Caption
19391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19392 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19409 \begin_inset Graphics
19410 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19412 rotateOrigin center
19424 \begin_layout Standard
19425 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19427 As described in section
19428 \begin_inset space ~
19432 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19434 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19438 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19440 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19443 and refer to it using the menu
19445 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19449 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19458 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19470 \begin_layout Standard
19471 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
19472 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19473 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19474 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19476 \begin_inset space ~
19480 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19482 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19486 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19487 You can also set the images one below the other.
19489 \begin_inset space ~
19493 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19495 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19502 reference "fig:Platypus"
19506 are the subfigures.
19509 \begin_layout Standard
19510 \begin_inset Float figure
19515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19516 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19520 \begin_inset Float figure
19525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19526 \begin_inset Caption
19528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19529 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19531 name "fig:Undefinable"
19543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19544 \begin_inset Graphics
19545 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19556 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19560 \begin_inset Float figure
19565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19566 \begin_inset Caption
19568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19569 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19571 name "fig:Platypus"
19583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19584 \begin_inset Graphics
19585 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19597 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19604 \begin_inset Caption
19606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19607 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19609 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19613 Two distorted images.
19626 \begin_layout Standard
19627 Note that the caption is added to the
19630 \begin_inset space ~
19634 \begin_inset space ~
19639 as described in section
19640 \begin_inset space ~
19644 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19646 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19653 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19655 \begin_inset Index idx
19658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19659 Floats ! Table floats
19667 \begin_layout Standard
19668 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19670 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19671 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19675 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
19678 \begin_inset space ~
19682 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19684 reference "cap:Table-float"
19688 is an example of a table float.
19691 \begin_layout Standard
19692 \begin_inset Float table
19697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19698 \begin_inset Caption
19700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19701 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19703 name "cap:Table-float"
19715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19717 \begin_inset Tabular
19718 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19719 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19720 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19721 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19722 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19849 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19870 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19873 \end{array}\right]$
19881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19894 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19915 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19917 \begin_inset Index idx
19920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19921 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19929 \begin_layout Standard
19930 This float type is inserted with the menu
19932 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19933 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19937 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19938 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19942 , described in section
19943 \begin_inset space ~
19947 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19949 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19956 \begin_layout Standard
19957 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19965 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19971 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19974 \begin_layout Standard
19979 floatname{algorithm}{your
19980 \begin_inset space ~
19986 \begin_layout Standard
19987 to the document preamble (menu
19989 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19996 \begin_inset space ~
20002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20016 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20018 \begin_inset Index idx
20021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20022 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20030 \begin_layout Standard
20031 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20039 \begin_inset Graphics
20040 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20042 rotateOrigin center
20049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20050 \begin_inset Caption
20052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20053 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20055 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20059 This is a wrapped figure.
20060 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20073 This float type is used if you want to
20074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20081 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20083 It can be inserted using the menu
20085 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20086 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20088 \begin_inset space ~
20093 if the LaTeX-package
20098 \begin_inset Index idx
20101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20102 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20112 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20115 \begin_inset space ~
20125 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20128 \begin_inset space ~
20132 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20134 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20138 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20139 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20147 Available units are explained in Appendix
20148 \begin_inset space ~
20152 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20154 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20163 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20167 \begin_layout Standard
20168 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20176 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20177 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20181 \begin_inset space \space{}
20184 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
20185 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
20194 \begin_layout Itemize
20195 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20196 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
20197 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
20198 page breaks will appear.
20201 \begin_layout Itemize
20202 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
20203 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
20206 \begin_layout Itemize
20207 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
20208 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20211 \begin_layout Itemize
20212 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20215 \begin_layout Subsection
20217 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20219 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20224 \begin_inset Index idx
20227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20236 \begin_layout Standard
20237 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20238 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20242 \begin_inset space ~
20250 \begin_layout Standard
20251 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
20252 have a multi-column document).
20253 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20256 \begin_inset space ~
20262 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20263 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20270 \begin_layout Standard
20271 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
20272 format is also the same: Table
20273 \begin_inset space ~
20277 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20279 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20283 is an example of a rotated table float.
20286 \begin_layout Standard
20287 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20295 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20303 \begin_layout Standard
20304 \begin_inset Float table
20309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20310 \begin_inset Caption
20312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20313 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20315 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20329 \begin_inset Tabular
20330 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20331 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20332 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20333 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20334 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20335 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20336 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20396 \begin_layout Subsection
20398 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20400 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20405 \begin_inset Index idx
20408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20417 \begin_layout Standard
20418 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20419 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20420 \begin_inset Newline newline
20426 \begin_inset space ~
20431 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20432 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
20433 \begin_inset Newline newline
20439 \begin_inset space ~
20444 is used to rotate floats, see section
20445 \begin_inset space ~
20449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20451 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20458 \begin_layout Standard
20459 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20460 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20463 \begin_inset space ~
20467 \begin_inset space ~
20475 \begin_layout Description
20477 \begin_inset space ~
20481 \begin_inset space ~
20484 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
20487 \begin_layout Description
20489 \begin_inset space ~
20493 \begin_inset space ~
20496 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
20499 \begin_layout Description
20501 \begin_inset space ~
20505 \begin_inset space ~
20508 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
20511 \begin_layout Description
20513 \begin_inset space ~
20517 \begin_inset space ~
20520 floats: try to place the float at an own page
20523 \begin_layout Standard
20524 The order of the above option is
20529 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20533 \begin_inset space ~
20537 \begin_inset space ~
20545 \begin_inset space ~
20549 \begin_inset space ~
20554 , and then the others.
20555 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20557 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20558 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20561 \begin_layout Standard
20562 By default, each option has its own rules:
20565 \begin_layout Standard
20569 \begin_inset space ~
20573 \begin_inset space ~
20578 only floats occupying less than 70
20579 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20582 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20585 \begin_layout Standard
20589 \begin_inset space ~
20593 \begin_inset space ~
20598 : only floats occupying less than 30
20599 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20602 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20605 \begin_layout Standard
20609 \begin_inset space ~
20613 \begin_inset space ~
20618 : only if more than 50
20619 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20622 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20626 \begin_layout Standard
20627 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20631 \begin_inset space ~
20635 \begin_inset space ~
20643 \begin_layout Standard
20644 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20645 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20646 For this case you can use the option
20649 \begin_inset space ~
20655 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20657 Because the float is then no longer able to
20658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20662 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20665 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
20668 \begin_layout Standard
20669 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20670 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20673 \begin_layout Standard
20674 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20676 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20678 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20685 \begin_layout Section
20687 \begin_inset Index idx
20690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20697 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20699 name "sec:Minipages"
20706 \begin_layout Standard
20707 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20709 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20710 \begin_inset space ~
20717 \begin_layout Standard
20718 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20720 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20724 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20725 and its alignment within the page.
20728 \begin_layout Standard
20730 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20739 height_special "totalheight"
20742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20745 This is a minipage.
20746 The text is set in an italic style.
20749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20752 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20753 another formatting.
20761 \begin_layout Standard
20762 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20765 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20769 as described in section
20770 \begin_inset space ~
20774 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20776 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20781 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20787 \begin_layout Standard
20788 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20797 height_special "totalheight"
20800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20801 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20802 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20808 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20812 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20821 height_special "totalheight"
20824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20825 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20826 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20834 \begin_layout Standard
20835 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20841 \begin_layout Standard
20842 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20843 to other box types.
20844 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20855 \begin_layout Chapter
20856 Mathematical Formulas
20857 \begin_inset Index idx
20860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20867 \begin_inset Index idx
20870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20899 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20901 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20908 \begin_layout Standard
20909 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20914 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20917 \begin_layout Section
20919 \begin_inset Index idx
20922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20931 \begin_layout Standard
20932 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20933 \begin_inset Graphics
20934 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20939 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20941 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20942 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20943 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20945 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20951 \begin_layout Standard
20952 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20956 \begin_inset space ~
20961 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20964 \begin_layout Standard
20965 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20966 line, like this one:
20969 \begin_layout Standard
20970 This is a line with an inline formula
20971 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20977 \begin_layout Standard
20978 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as if they were in an own
20979 paragraph, like this one:
20980 \begin_inset Formula \[
20985 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20988 \begin_layout Standard
20989 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20991 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20995 \begin_inset space \space{}
20999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21012 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21013 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21017 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21020 \begin_inset space ~
21028 \begin_layout Subsection
21029 Navigating in Formulas
21030 \begin_inset Index idx
21033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21042 \begin_layout Standard
21043 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21044 achieved with the arrow keys.
21045 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21046 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21051 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21052 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21056 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21060 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21063 \end{array}\right]$
21071 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21076 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21077 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21080 \begin_layout Standard
21085 , printed in this document as
21086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21107 \begin_inset Note Note
21110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21111 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21112 space character (visible space).
21117 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21118 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21119 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21124 For example, if you want
21125 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21179 , since in the latter case only the
21182 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21187 will be under the square root sign:
21188 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21194 \begin_layout Standard
21195 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21197 \begin_inset Formula \[
21198 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21202 \end{array}\right)\]
21206 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21207 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21210 \begin_layout Subsection
21214 \begin_layout Standard
21215 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21216 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21220 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21221 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21222 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21223 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21224 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21227 \begin_layout Subsection
21228 Exponents and Subscripts
21229 \begin_inset Index idx
21232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21239 \begin_inset Index idx
21242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21251 \begin_layout Standard
21252 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21253 way is to use a command.
21255 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21258 , type in a formula
21264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21280 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21286 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21290 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21311 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21317 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21320 , you have to use an extra
21324 to separate the hat and the character.
21326 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21330 \begin_inset space \space{}
21334 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21355 Subscripts are similar: To get
21356 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21379 \begin_layout Subsection
21381 \begin_inset Index idx
21384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21393 \begin_layout Standard
21394 Create a fraction with either the command
21401 \begin_inset Graphics
21402 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21410 \begin_inset space ~
21416 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21417 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21418 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21423 To move back up, press
21428 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21429 \begin_inset Formula \[
21430 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21433 \end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21440 \begin_layout Subsection
21442 \begin_inset Index idx
21445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21454 \begin_layout Standard
21455 Roots can be created using the
21458 \begin_inset space ~
21464 \begin_inset Graphics
21465 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21488 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21494 produces always a square root.
21497 \begin_layout Subsection
21498 Operators with Limits
21499 \begin_inset Index idx
21502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21509 \begin_inset Index idx
21512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21519 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21521 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21528 \begin_layout Standard
21530 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21534 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21537 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21538 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21539 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21540 The sum operator will automatically place its
21541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21548 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21551 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21555 \begin_inset Formula \[
21556 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21560 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21564 \begin_layout Standard
21565 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21567 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21568 behind the operator and hitting
21576 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21577 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21579 \begin_inset space ~
21583 \begin_inset space ~
21591 \begin_layout Standard
21592 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21600 feature as addition, such as
21601 \begin_inset Index idx
21604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21611 \begin_inset Formula \[
21612 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)\]
21616 which will place the
21617 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21629 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21630 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21636 \begin_layout Standard
21637 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21644 Have a look at section
21645 \begin_inset space ~
21649 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21651 reference "sub:Functions"
21655 for an explanation of function macros.
21658 \begin_layout Subsection
21660 \begin_inset Index idx
21663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21672 \begin_layout Standard
21673 Most math symbols can be found in the
21676 \begin_inset space ~
21681 under one of several categories; including
21698 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21702 \begin_layout Standard
21703 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21704 you don't have to use the
21707 \begin_inset space ~
21712 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21713 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21716 \begin_layout Subsection
21718 \begin_inset Index idx
21721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21730 \begin_layout Standard
21731 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
21736 arg "space-insert protected"
21742 \begin_inset space ~
21748 \begin_inset Graphics
21749 filename ../images/math/space.png
21754 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21755 For example, the sequence
21760 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21764 \begin_inset Graphics
21765 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21770 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21771 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21772 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21773 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
21775 Here are two examples:
21778 \begin_layout Standard
21788 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21794 \begin_layout Standard
21804 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21810 \begin_layout Subsection
21812 \begin_inset Index idx
21815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21822 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21824 name "sub:Functions"
21831 \begin_layout Standard
21835 \begin_inset space ~
21840 contains under the button
21841 \begin_inset Graphics
21842 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21846 a number of function macros, such as
21847 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21851 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21859 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21866 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21867 avoid confusions, because
21868 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21872 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
21878 \begin_layout Standard
21879 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21881 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21885 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21891 \begin_layout Standard
21892 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
21893 s are placed, as described in section
21894 \begin_inset space ~
21898 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21900 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21907 \begin_layout Subsection
21909 \begin_inset Index idx
21912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21921 \begin_layout Standard
21922 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21924 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21925 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
21926 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21930 \begin_inset space \space{}
21934 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21937 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21938 Our example is entered by typing
21946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21959 \begin_inset space ~
21963 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21965 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21969 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21972 \begin_layout Standard
21973 \begin_inset Float table
21978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21979 \begin_inset Caption
21981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21982 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21984 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21988 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21998 \begin_inset Tabular
21999 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22000 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22001 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22002 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22003 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22087 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22141 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22195 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22249 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22303 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22357 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22411 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22465 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22519 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22564 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22585 \begin_layout Standard
22586 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22589 \begin_inset space ~
22595 \begin_inset Graphics
22596 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22600 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22604 \begin_layout Section
22605 Brackets and Delimiters
22606 \begin_inset Index idx
22609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22616 \begin_inset Index idx
22619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22626 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22628 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22635 \begin_layout Standard
22636 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22637 For most purposes, using just the keys
22642 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22643 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
22644 toolbar delimiter icon
22645 \begin_inset Graphics
22646 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22651 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22653 \begin_inset Formula \[
22654 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22657 \end{array}\right]\]
22661 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22662 \begin_inset Formula \[
22663 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22670 \begin_layout Standard
22671 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22672 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22675 \begin_layout Standard
22676 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22677 left side and right side.
22678 If you use the option
22681 \begin_inset space ~
22686 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22687 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22688 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22689 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22692 \begin_layout Standard
22693 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22694 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22695 inside the brackets.
22696 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22701 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22704 \begin_layout Section
22705 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22706 \begin_inset Index idx
22709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22716 \begin_inset Index idx
22719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22726 \begin_inset Index idx
22729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22730 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22738 \begin_layout Standard
22739 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22742 \begin_inset space ~
22748 \begin_inset Graphics
22749 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22754 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22755 Here is an example:
22756 \begin_inset Formula \[
22757 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22761 \end{array}\right)\]
22765 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22766 \begin_inset space ~
22770 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22772 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22777 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22778 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22779 This alignment is set in the box
22784 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22796 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22804 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22829 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22832 for every column as default.
22833 For example, the sequence
22834 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22842 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22845 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22846 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22847 corresponds to the relevant column.
22848 The result will look like this:
22849 \begin_inset Formula \[
22851 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22852 column & has & has\, right\\
22853 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
22861 \begin_layout Standard
22862 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22865 arg "newline-insert newline"
22868 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22869 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22871 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22874 or the math toolbar.
22877 \begin_layout Standard
22878 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22879 It can be created with the menu
22881 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22882 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22884 \begin_inset space ~
22896 Here is an example:
22897 \begin_inset Formula \[
22909 \begin_layout Standard
22910 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22913 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22916 arg "newline-insert newline"
22920 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22925 arg "newline-insert newline"
22928 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22936 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22937 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22938 A new row is created by every further hit of
22941 arg "newline-insert newline"
22945 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22946 Here is an example:
22947 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22948 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22949 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
22954 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22955 where you want to start the shift and hit
22960 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22961 position to the next column.
22962 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22963 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22964 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22965 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22972 \begin_layout Standard
22973 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22980 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22981 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22984 reference "eq:asquared"
22989 The other types are described in section
22990 \begin_inset space ~
22994 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22996 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23003 \begin_layout Section
23004 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23005 \begin_inset Index idx
23008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23009 Math ! Formula numbering
23015 \begin_inset Index idx
23018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23019 Math ! Referencing formulas
23025 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23027 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23034 \begin_layout Standard
23035 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23037 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23038 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23040 \begin_inset space ~
23048 arg "math-number-toggle"
23052 The formula number appears in LyX as
23053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23060 within parentheses.
23062 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23069 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23071 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23072 the document class.
23073 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23074 separated by a dot:
23075 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23076 1+1=2\end{equation}
23083 arg "math-number-toggle"
23086 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23087 You can only number displayed formulas.
23090 \begin_layout Standard
23091 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23093 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23094 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23096 \begin_inset space ~
23100 \begin_inset space ~
23104 \begin_inset space ~
23112 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23115 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23116 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23118 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23124 To number all lines use the shortcut
23127 arg "math-number-toggle"
23133 \begin_layout Standard
23134 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23137 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23138 A label is inserted with the menu
23140 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23143 when the cursor is in the formula.
23144 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23145 It is recommended to use the proposed
23146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23157 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23158 type when you have many labels in your document.
23159 We inserted in the following example the label
23160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23167 in the second line:
23168 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23169 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23170 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
23175 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23176 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23178 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23186 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23188 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23190 \begin_inset space ~
23196 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23197 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
23198 as the formula number:
23201 \begin_layout Standard
23202 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23203 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23205 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23212 \begin_layout Standard
23213 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23214 \begin_inset space ~
23218 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23220 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23225 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23228 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23231 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23236 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23244 \begin_layout Section
23245 User defined math macros
23246 \begin_inset Index idx
23249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23258 \begin_layout Standard
23259 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
23260 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
23261 Math macros are explained in section
23264 \begin_inset space ~
23276 \begin_layout Section
23280 \begin_layout Subsection
23282 \begin_inset Index idx
23285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23294 \begin_layout Standard
23295 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23296 To set a font in a formula, use the
23299 \begin_inset space ~
23305 \begin_inset Graphics
23306 filename ../images/math/font.png
23310 , or enter its command, listed in table
23311 \begin_inset space ~
23315 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23317 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23324 \begin_layout Standard
23325 \begin_inset Float table
23330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23331 \begin_inset Caption
23333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23334 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23336 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23340 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23350 \begin_inset Tabular
23351 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23352 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23353 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23354 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23386 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23413 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23440 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23473 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23500 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23527 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23561 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23588 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23622 \begin_layout Standard
23623 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23631 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23647 \begin_layout Standard
23648 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23649 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23654 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23655 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23656 Here an example where
23657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23668 denotes the set of numbers:
23669 \begin_inset Formula \[
23670 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23677 \begin_layout Standard
23678 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23680 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23684 \begin_inset space \space{}
23696 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23700 \begin_inset Newline newline
23703 So it is better not to use this feature.
23706 \begin_layout Standard
23707 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23708 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23712 \begin_inset Newline newline
23715 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23721 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23722 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23728 \begin_layout Standard
23735 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23738 \begin_layout Standard
23739 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23741 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23742 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23744 \begin_inset space ~
23752 \begin_layout Subsection
23754 \begin_inset Index idx
23757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23766 \begin_layout Standard
23767 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23769 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23773 \begin_inset space ~
23777 \begin_inset space ~
23785 \begin_inset space ~
23791 \begin_inset Graphics
23792 filename ../images/math/font.png
23803 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23804 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23805 Here is an example:
23806 \begin_inset Formula \[
23808 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23809 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
23817 \begin_layout Subsection
23819 \begin_inset Index idx
23822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23831 \begin_layout Standard
23832 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23833 automatically chosen in most situations.
23851 For most characters,
23859 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23860 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23865 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23866 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
23868 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23869 \begin_inset Graphics
23870 filename ../images/math/style.png
23875 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
23876 For example, you can set
23877 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
23880 , which is normally in
23889 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
23893 The four styles are used in the following example:
23896 \begin_layout Standard
23897 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
23901 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
23905 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
23909 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
23915 \begin_layout Standard
23916 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
23917 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
23919 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23921 \begin_inset space ~
23926 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
23927 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
23928 will be adjusted to correspond.
23929 As an example here is a formula in the font size
23930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23940 \begin_layout Standard
23944 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
23950 \begin_layout Section
23954 \begin_layout Standard
23955 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
23956 the document classes and into layout modules.
23957 \begin_inset Index idx
23960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23966 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
23967 other than the AMS classes.
23969 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23971 reference "sub:Modules"
23975 for more on layout modules.
23978 \begin_layout Section
23980 \begin_inset Index idx
23983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23990 \begin_inset Index idx
23993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24002 \begin_layout Standard
24003 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24004 (AMS) that are in common use.
24007 \begin_layout Subsection
24008 Enabling AMS-Support
24011 \begin_layout Standard
24012 Selecting the checkbox
24015 \begin_inset space ~
24019 \begin_inset space ~
24023 \begin_inset space ~
24030 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24034 \begin_inset Index idx
24037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24038 Document ! Settings
24046 \begin_inset space ~
24051 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24053 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24054 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24057 \begin_layout Subsection
24059 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24061 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24066 \begin_inset Index idx
24069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24070 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24078 \begin_layout Standard
24079 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24080 LyX allows you to choose between
24101 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24104 \begin_layout Chapter
24108 \begin_layout Section
24110 \begin_inset Index idx
24113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24120 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24122 name "sec:Cross-References"
24129 \begin_layout Standard
24130 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24131 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24133 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24134 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24135 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24138 \begin_layout Enumerate
24142 \begin_layout Enumerate
24143 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24145 name "enu:Second-item"
24152 \begin_layout Enumerate
24156 \begin_layout Standard
24157 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24159 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24162 or by pressing the toolbar button
24163 \begin_inset Graphics
24164 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24170 A grey label box like this:
24171 \begin_inset Graphics
24172 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24177 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24178 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24213 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24214 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24218 \begin_inset space \space{}
24221 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
24222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24230 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24236 \begin_layout Standard
24237 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24239 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24242 or the toolbar button
24243 \begin_inset Graphics
24244 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24250 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24251 \begin_inset Graphics
24252 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24257 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
24259 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24272 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24276 \begin_layout Standard
24279 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24282 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
24287 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
24288 to the actual cursor position via the menu
24290 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24296 \begin_layout Standard
24297 Here is our cross-reference: Item
24298 \begin_inset space ~
24302 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24304 reference "enu:Second-item"
24311 \begin_layout Standard
24312 It is recommended to use a protected space
24316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24317 described in section
24318 \begin_inset space ~
24322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24324 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24333 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24337 \begin_layout Standard
24338 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24341 \begin_layout Description
24342 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24345 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24352 \begin_layout Description
24353 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24354 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24356 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24360 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24364 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24366 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24373 \begin_layout Description
24374 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24375 \begin_inset space ~
24379 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24380 LatexCommand pageref
24381 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24388 \begin_layout Description
24390 \begin_inset space ~
24394 \begin_inset space ~
24397 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24398 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24399 LatexCommand vpageref
24400 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24407 \begin_layout Description
24409 \begin_inset space ~
24413 \begin_inset space ~
24417 \begin_inset space ~
24420 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24422 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24424 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24431 \begin_layout Description
24433 \begin_inset space ~
24436 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24437 \begin_inset Newline newline
24441 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24449 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24454 \begin_inset Index idx
24457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24458 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24471 \begin_layout Standard
24472 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24473 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24475 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24479 \begin_inset space \space{}
24483 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24497 \begin_layout Standard
24498 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output,
24499 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24500 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24504 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24508 \begin_layout Standard
24509 You can only use the style
24513 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24517 is always possible.
24520 \begin_layout Standard
24521 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24522 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24523 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24524 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24525 \begin_inset space ~
24529 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24531 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24538 \begin_layout Standard
24542 \begin_inset space ~
24546 \begin_inset space ~
24551 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referenced
24553 The button text changes then to
24556 \begin_inset space ~
24561 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24562 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24563 referred label and you can go back with the toolbar button
24564 \begin_inset Graphics
24565 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
24566 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
24567 rotateOrigin center
24574 \begin_layout Standard
24575 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24576 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24577 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24580 \begin_layout Standard
24581 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you'll see two question
24582 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24585 \begin_layout Standard
24586 References are described in detail in the
24593 \begin_layout Section
24594 Table of Contents and other Listings
24595 \begin_inset Index idx
24598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24605 \begin_inset Index idx
24608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24615 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24624 \begin_layout Subsection
24626 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24628 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24635 \begin_layout Standard
24636 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24638 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24639 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24641 \begin_inset space ~
24645 \begin_inset space ~
24651 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24652 If you click on it, the
24656 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24657 sections in your documents.
24658 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24660 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24663 that is described in sec.
24664 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24668 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24670 reference "sec:Navigating"
24677 \begin_layout Standard
24678 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24679 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24681 \begin_inset space ~
24685 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24687 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24691 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24693 \begin_inset space ~
24697 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24699 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24703 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24705 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24708 \begin_layout Subsection
24709 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24710 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24712 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
24719 \begin_layout Standard
24720 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24721 You can insert them via the
24723 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24725 \begin_inset space ~
24729 \begin_inset space ~
24735 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24738 \begin_layout Section
24739 URLs and Hyperlinks
24740 \begin_inset Index idx
24743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24750 \begin_inset Index idx
24753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24762 \begin_layout Subsection
24764 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24773 \begin_layout Standard
24774 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24776 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24782 \begin_layout Standard
24783 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24784 \begin_inset Flex URL
24787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24797 \begin_layout Standard
24798 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24804 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24808 \begin_layout Standard
24809 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24817 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24825 \begin_layout Subsection
24827 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24829 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
24836 \begin_layout Standard
24837 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24839 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24842 or with the toolbar button
24843 \begin_inset Graphics
24844 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24845 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24850 The appearing dialog has two fields:
24859 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
24860 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
24861 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24863 name "LyX's homepage"
24864 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24868 , an Email address like this:
24869 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24871 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
24872 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
24877 , or a link to a file.
24880 \begin_layout Standard
24881 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
24883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24891 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24894 to the link target.
24897 \begin_layout Standard
24898 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
24899 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
24900 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
24901 the text style dialog.
24902 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
24906 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24908 name "LyX's homepage"
24909 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24916 \begin_layout Standard
24917 The link text color can be changed, when the option
24921 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
24923 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24924 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24928 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
24930 \begin_inset Newline newline
24938 \begin_inset Newline newline
24945 in the PDF Properties dialog.
24948 \begin_layout Section
24950 \begin_inset Index idx
24953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24960 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24962 name "sec:Appendices"
24969 \begin_layout Standard
24970 Appendices are created with the menu
24972 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24974 \begin_inset space ~
24978 \begin_inset space ~
24984 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
24985 as the appendix region.
24986 The region is marked with a red borderline.
24989 \begin_layout Standard
24990 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
24991 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
24992 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
24993 and the subsection number.
24994 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
24998 \begin_layout Standard
25000 \begin_inset space ~
25004 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25006 reference "cha:Credits"
25011 \begin_inset space ~
25015 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25017 reference "sub:Export"
25024 \begin_layout Section
25026 \begin_inset Index idx
25029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25036 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25038 name "sec:Bibliography"
25045 \begin_layout Standard
25046 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25047 You can include a bibliography database,
25051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25052 Known under the name
25053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25065 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25066 manually, using the paragraph environment
25070 , which was described in section
25071 \begin_inset space ~
25075 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25077 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25082 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25083 document, like author-year cituations, then you must
25087 use a bibliography database.
25090 \begin_layout Subsection
25091 The Bibliography Environment
25094 \begin_layout Standard
25099 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25101 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25110 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25112 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25114 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25118 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25121 , a short form of its title, as key.
25124 \begin_layout Standard
25125 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25127 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25130 or the toolbar button
25131 \begin_inset Graphics
25132 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25133 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25138 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25139 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25140 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25141 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25145 \begin_layout Standard
25146 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
25147 entry with surrounding brackets.
25152 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25153 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25165 \begin_layout Standard
25168 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25171 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25173 key "latexcompanion"
25180 \begin_layout Standard
25181 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25182 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25191 \begin_layout Subsection
25192 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25193 \begin_inset Index idx
25196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25197 Bibliography ! Databases
25203 \begin_inset Index idx
25206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25207 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25213 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25215 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25222 \begin_layout Standard
25223 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25229 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25231 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25232 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25237 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25239 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25240 your working field in a database.
25241 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25242 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25244 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25248 \begin_layout Standard
25249 The database is a text file with the file extension
25250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25261 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25262 The format is explained in
25263 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25269 and in LaTeX books (
25270 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25272 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25277 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25278 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25279 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25280 \begin_inset Flex URL
25283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25285 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25293 \begin_layout Standard
25294 To use a database, use the menu
25296 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25301 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25314 \begin_inset space ~
25320 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25321 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25324 Add bibliography to TOC
25326 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25331 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25334 \begin_layout Standard
25335 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25347 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25348 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25349 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25351 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25357 For information how this is done, have a look at
25358 \begin_inset Newline newline
25362 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25364 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25376 \begin_layout Standard
25377 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25380 \begin_layout Standard
25381 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25382 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25385 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25413 \begin_inset space ~
25419 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25425 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25434 \begin_layout Standard
25435 When you select the option
25437 Sectioned bibliography
25441 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25444 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25445 This and other options are explained in detail in section
25447 Customizing Bibliographies
25455 Additional Features
25460 \begin_layout Standard
25461 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25462 the two methods of creating them.
25463 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25464 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25465 We used the style file
25469 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25472 \begin_layout Subsection
25473 Bibliography layout
25474 \begin_inset Index idx
25477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25478 Bibliography ! Layout
25486 \begin_layout Standard
25487 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25488 For this feature you need to enable the option
25494 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25498 \begin_inset Index idx
25501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25502 Document ! Settings
25512 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25513 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25514 in the previous section.
25517 \begin_layout Standard
25518 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25519 in the citation reference window.
25520 Here an example where we set the text
25521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25525 \begin_inset space ~
25529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25532 to appear after the reference:
25535 \begin_layout Standard
25537 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25540 key "latexcompanion"
25547 \begin_layout Section
25549 \begin_inset Index idx
25552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25559 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25568 \begin_layout Standard
25569 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25571 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25573 \begin_inset space ~
25578 or the toolbar button
25579 \begin_inset Graphics
25580 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25581 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25587 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25595 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25598 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25599 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25600 by LyX as the index entry.
25603 \begin_layout Standard
25604 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25605 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25607 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25609 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25616 \begin_layout Standard
25617 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
25619 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25621 \begin_inset space ~
25625 \begin_inset space ~
25628 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25630 \begin_inset space ~
25636 A light blue box labeled
25637 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25645 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25648 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25649 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25652 \begin_layout Subsection
25653 Grouping Index Entries
25654 \begin_inset Index idx
25657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25666 \begin_layout Standard
25667 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25669 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25670 lists under the entry
25671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25679 First we create the entry
25680 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25684 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25688 \begin_inset space ~
25692 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25694 reference "sub:Lists"
25699 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25700 \begin_inset space ~
25704 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25706 reference "sec:Itemize"
25710 , we insert the command
25713 \begin_layout Standard
25719 \begin_layout Standard
25723 \begin_layout Standard
25729 \begin_layout Standard
25730 for the enumerated list in section
25731 \begin_inset space ~
25735 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25737 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25744 \begin_layout Standard
25745 The exclamation mark
25746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25753 marks the grouping levels.
25754 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25755 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25756 If we don't have an index entry for
25757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25764 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25767 \begin_layout Subsection
25769 \begin_inset Index idx
25772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25773 Index ! Page ranges
25781 \begin_layout Standard
25782 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25784 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25785 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25787 \begin_inset space ~
25791 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25793 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25800 \begin_layout Standard
25803 Paragraph environments|(
25806 \begin_layout Standard
25807 and another entry at the end of section
25808 \begin_inset space ~
25812 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25814 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25821 \begin_layout Standard
25824 Paragraph environments|)
25827 \begin_layout Standard
25829 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25837 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25841 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25852 respectively start and end the index range.
25853 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25854 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25855 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25856 An example is the index entry
25857 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25860 Document ! Settings
25861 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25867 \begin_layout Subsection
25869 \begin_inset Index idx
25872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25873 Index ! Cross referencing
25881 \begin_layout Standard
25882 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25883 We referred for example in the index entry
25884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25892 \begin_inset space ~
25896 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25898 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
25902 ) to the index entry
25903 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25910 in the same section using the entry
25913 \begin_layout Standard
25916 GIF|see{Image formats}
25919 \begin_layout Standard
25920 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
25921 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
25922 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
25925 \begin_layout Subsection
25927 \begin_inset Index idx
25930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25931 Index ! Entry order
25939 \begin_layout Standard
25940 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
25941 then not follow the rules for the index order.
25942 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
25946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25947 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
25949 \begin_inset space ~
25953 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25955 reference "sub:Index-Program"
25964 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
25965 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
25966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25982 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25986 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25990 \begin_inset Index idx
25993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25994 Dummy entries ! maïs
26000 \begin_inset Index idx
26003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26004 Dummy entries ! maître
26010 \begin_inset Index idx
26013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26014 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26019 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26020 order maïs, maison, maître.
26021 To achieve this, we use the command
26024 \begin_layout Standard
26027 previous entry@current entry
26030 \begin_layout Standard
26031 In our case we want to have
26032 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26040 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26044 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26047 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26050 \begin_layout Standard
26056 \begin_layout Standard
26057 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26058 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26062 \begin_layout Standard
26063 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26069 \begin_layout Standard
26070 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
26075 to generate the index (see sec.
26076 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26080 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26082 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26091 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
26093 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26097 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26099 reference "sub:Document-Font"
26103 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
26104 index commands start with
26105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26117 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
26122 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
26125 \begin_layout Standard
26137 \begin_layout Standard
26149 \begin_layout Subsection
26151 \begin_inset Index idx
26154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26155 Index ! Entry layout
26163 \begin_layout Standard
26164 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26165 \begin_inset Index idx
26168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26171 This is an italic dummy entry
26176 You can also format the page number using the character
26177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26184 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26185 We can write for example
26188 \begin_layout Standard
26191 italic page number:|textit
26194 \begin_layout Standard
26195 to get the page number in italic.
26196 \begin_inset Index idx
26199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26200 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26205 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26223 \begin_inset space ~
26229 Have a look at section
26230 \begin_inset space ~
26234 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26236 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26240 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26243 \begin_layout Standard
26244 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26252 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26256 to generate the index, see sec.
26257 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26261 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26263 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26272 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
26273 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26275 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26278 key "latexcompanion"
26290 \begin_layout Standard
26291 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26293 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26294 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26295 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26296 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26297 If so, put the following in the preamble
26300 \begin_layout Standard
26312 \begin_layout Standard
26316 \begin_layout Standard
26322 \begin_layout Standard
26323 in the index entry.
26324 \begin_inset Index idx
26327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26328 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26333 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26334 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26335 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26338 \begin_layout Standard
26339 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26341 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26345 \begin_inset space \space{}
26348 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26349 for all index entries.
26350 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
26362 documentation for details,
26363 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26365 key "makeindex,xindy"
26372 \begin_layout Subsection
26374 \begin_inset Index idx
26377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26384 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26386 name "sub:Index-Program"
26393 \begin_layout Standard
26394 If the index entry program
26398 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
26402 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
26406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26411 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
26412 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
26413 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
26414 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26415 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
26425 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26426 dialog, see section
26427 \begin_inset space ~
26431 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26433 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26438 The available options are listed and explained in
26439 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26441 key "makeindex,xindy"
26446 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
26450 \begin_layout Standard
26451 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
26452 given document, you can define the programm and\SpecialChar \slash{}
26455 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26456 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26457 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26461 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
26462 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
26465 \begin_layout Subsection
26469 \begin_layout Standard
26470 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
26471 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
26472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26479 next to the standard index.
26480 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
26481 packages that add this feature.
26487 \begin_inset Index idx
26490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26491 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
26496 package to generate multiple indexes.
26497 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
26498 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
26499 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26506 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
26507 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
26508 Please consult the package's manual for details.
26511 \begin_layout Standard
26512 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
26514 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26515 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26516 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26523 Use multiple Indexes
26524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26528 Note that the list of
26529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26533 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26536 below already contains the standard index.
26537 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
26538 also appear as a heading) to the
26539 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26543 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26546 input field and press the
26547 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26555 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
26556 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
26557 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
26558 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26561 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26567 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
26568 indexes in the LyX work area.
26571 \begin_layout Standard
26572 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
26575 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26577 \begin_inset space ~
26581 \begin_inset space ~
26590 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
26591 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
26592 are some additional features:
26595 \begin_layout Itemize
26596 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
26597 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
26600 \begin_layout Itemize
26601 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
26602 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
26603 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26607 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26611 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
26613 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26616 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
26617 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
26618 to the non-subindexes.
26621 \begin_layout Section
26622 Nomenclature / Glossary
26623 \begin_inset Index idx
26626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26633 \begin_inset Index idx
26636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26665 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26667 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26674 \begin_layout Standard
26675 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26676 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
26680 \begin_layout Standard
26681 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26686 \begin_inset Index idx
26689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26690 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26696 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26697 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26703 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26706 \begin_layout Standard
26707 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26708 and then use the menu
26710 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26716 \begin_inset space ~
26721 or the toolbar button
26722 \begin_inset Graphics
26723 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26724 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26741 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26744 \begin_layout Standard
26745 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26746 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26747 The second is the description of the symbol.
26750 \begin_layout Standard
26751 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26759 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26767 \begin_layout Subsection
26768 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26769 \begin_inset Index idx
26772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26773 Nomenclature ! Layout
26781 \begin_layout Standard
26782 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26786 field as LaTeX-formulas.
26788 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26792 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26796 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26800 \begin_inset Newline newline
26808 \begin_inset Newline newline
26814 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26818 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26821 character starts/ends the formula.
26822 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26830 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26834 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26844 \begin_layout Standard
26845 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26846 \begin_inset space ~
26850 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26852 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26859 \begin_layout Standard
26863 \begin_inset space ~
26868 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26869 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26870 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26874 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26878 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26881 in this document is:
26882 \begin_inset Newline newline
26887 dummy entry for the character
26892 \begin_inset Newline newline
26904 \begin_inset space ~
26914 font use the command
26943 \begin_layout Subsection
26944 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26945 \begin_inset Index idx
26948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26949 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26957 \begin_layout Standard
26958 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26959 the symbol definition.
26960 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26961 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26964 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26965 LatexCommand nomenclature
26967 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26974 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26978 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26979 LatexCommand nomenclature
26982 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26987 They will be sorted by
26988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27014 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27017 will be sorted before the
27021 since the character
27022 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27026 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27029 is considered in sorting.
27032 \begin_layout Standard
27033 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27036 \begin_inset space ~
27041 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27042 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27044 For the example given, you can insert
27048 in this field for the
27049 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27056 will be located before
27057 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27063 \begin_layout Standard
27064 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27069 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27078 \begin_layout Subsection
27079 Nomenclature Options
27080 \begin_inset Index idx
27083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27084 Nomenclature ! Options
27092 \begin_layout Standard
27097 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27098 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27101 \begin_layout Description
27102 refeq Appends the phrase
27103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27115 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27118 to every nomenclature entry, where
27124 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27127 \begin_layout Description
27128 refpage Appends the phrase
27129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27144 to every nomenclature entry, where
27150 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27153 \begin_layout Description
27154 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27157 \begin_layout Standard
27158 There are furthermore the options
27202 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27206 \begin_layout Standard
27207 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27208 class options list in the
27210 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27214 In this document the option
27221 \begin_layout Standard
27222 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27228 \begin_layout Standard
27229 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27230 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27235 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27238 \begin_layout Description
27248 \begin_layout Description
27251 nomrefpage Like the
27258 \begin_layout Description
27261 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27270 \begin_layout Description
27274 \begin_inset space ~
27280 \begin_inset space ~
27285 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27288 \begin_layout Subsection
27289 Printing the Nomenclature
27290 \begin_inset Index idx
27293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27294 Nomenclature ! Printing
27302 \begin_layout Standard
27303 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27305 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27307 \begin_inset space ~
27311 \begin_inset space ~
27314 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27318 A light blue box labeled
27319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27330 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27331 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27334 \begin_layout Standard
27335 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27344 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27352 For example, in order to change the name to
27356 , add the following line to the preamble:
27359 \begin_layout Standard
27367 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27370 \begin_layout Standard
27371 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27377 \begin_layout Standard
27378 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27379 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27382 \begin_layout Standard
27390 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27393 \begin_layout Standard
27396 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27397 \begin_inset space ~
27401 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27403 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27408 The default value is 1
27409 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27415 \begin_layout Subsection
27416 Nomenclature Program
27417 \begin_inset Index idx
27420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27421 Nomenclature ! Program
27427 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27429 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
27436 \begin_layout Standard
27437 LyX uses the program
27441 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
27442 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
27447 by adding options, see section
27448 \begin_inset space ~
27452 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27454 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27459 The available options are listed and explained in
27460 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27462 key "nomencl,makeindex"
27469 \begin_layout Section
27471 \begin_inset Index idx
27474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27481 \begin_inset Index idx
27484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27485 Document ! Branches
27491 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27493 name "sec:Branches"
27500 \begin_layout Standard
27501 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27502 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27503 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27504 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27507 \begin_layout Standard
27508 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
27509 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27510 To create a branch, go in the
27512 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27520 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27521 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27524 \begin_layout Standard
27525 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27526 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27528 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27531 where you can choose a branch.
27532 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27535 \begin_layout Standard
27536 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27537 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27540 \begin_layout Standard
27541 \begin_inset Branch Question
27544 \begin_layout Standard
27545 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27553 \begin_layout Standard
27554 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27557 \begin_layout Standard
27558 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27566 \begin_layout Standard
27567 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27573 \begin_layout Standard
27574 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27575 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27577 For example you can define for the question branch
27581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27582 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27583 \begin_inset space ~
27587 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27589 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27601 \begin_layout Standard
27611 \begin_layout Standard
27621 \begin_layout Standard
27622 and for the answer branch
27625 \begin_layout Standard
27635 \begin_layout Standard
27645 \begin_layout Standard
27646 \begin_inset Branch Question
27649 \begin_layout Standard
27653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27681 \begin_layout Standard
27682 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27685 \begin_layout Standard
27689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27717 \begin_layout Standard
27718 Now it is possible to use the commands
27722 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27729 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27732 to obtain conditional output.
27733 Here is an example formula where only the
27740 \begin_inset Formula \[
27741 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27748 \begin_layout Standard
27749 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
27757 \begin_layout Section
27759 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27761 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27766 \begin_inset Index idx
27769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27778 \begin_layout Standard
27783 dialog allows you in the
27787 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27788 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27793 \begin_inset Index idx
27796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27797 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27805 \begin_layout Standard
27810 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27811 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27812 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27814 You can specify in the dialog tab
27818 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27820 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27821 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
27825 \begin_layout Standard
27830 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
27831 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
27832 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
27834 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
27835 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
27837 \begin_inset space ~
27840 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
27841 \begin_inset space ~
27844 1 will only display the sections.
27847 \begin_layout Standard
27848 The header information in the dialog tab
27852 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
27853 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
27854 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27858 \begin_inset space \space{}
27861 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
27862 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
27865 Automatic fill header
27867 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
27868 title and author settings.
27871 \begin_layout Standard
27874 Load in fullscreen mode
27876 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
27879 \begin_layout Standard
27880 PDF properties are also used in this document.
27881 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
27887 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
27888 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27897 \begin_layout Section
27898 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27899 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27901 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27908 \begin_layout Subsection
27910 \begin_inset Index idx
27913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27920 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27922 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
27929 \begin_layout Standard
27930 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27931 constructs, but not all.
27932 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27933 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
27934 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
27935 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
27936 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
27940 \begin_layout Standard
27941 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27943 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
27945 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27947 \begin_inset space ~
27952 or by the toolbar button
27953 \begin_inset Graphics
27954 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27959 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
27963 \begin_layout Standard
27964 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
27965 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27966 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word are therefore using
27973 , you can write the command part
27979 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
27983 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
27984 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
27985 the following example:
27988 \begin_layout Standard
27989 \begin_inset Graphics
27990 filename clipart/ERT.png
27998 \begin_layout Standard
28002 \begin_layout Standard
28003 This is a line with a
28007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28030 \begin_layout Standard
28031 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28039 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
28040 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
28048 \begin_layout Subsection
28049 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
28050 \begin_inset OptArg
28053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28060 \begin_inset Index idx
28063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28070 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28072 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28079 \begin_layout Standard
28080 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
28081 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
28082 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
28083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28091 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
28092 any time if you know the right commands.
28094 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28098 \begin_inset space \space{}
28101 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
28103 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
28104 all caption labels bold.
28105 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
28107 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
28111 \begin_layout Standard
28112 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28113 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
28114 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28116 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28125 \begin_layout Standard
28126 As result you know that the package
28131 \begin_inset Index idx
28134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28135 LaTeX-packages ! caption
28141 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28143 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28149 \begin_layout Standard
28154 usepackage[options]{package name}
28157 \begin_layout Standard
28158 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28159 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28160 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28163 \begin_layout Standard
28164 In your case the package name is
28169 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28174 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28175 So you add the command
28178 \begin_layout Standard
28183 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28186 \begin_layout Standard
28187 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28192 For more commands provided by the
28196 package, have a look at its documentation,
28197 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28211 \begin_layout Standard
28212 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28214 For example if you use a
28218 class, you don't need the package
28222 , you can instead write
28225 \begin_layout Standard
28230 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28235 \begin_layout Standard
28236 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28237 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28238 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28245 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
28248 \begin_layout Standard
28249 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
28250 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28252 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28253 the previous section.
28256 \begin_layout Standard
28257 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28259 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28261 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28269 \begin_layout Section
28270 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28271 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28273 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28278 \begin_inset Index idx
28281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28288 \begin_inset Index idx
28291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28300 \begin_layout Standard
28301 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28302 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28303 to break your train of thought with
28305 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28311 \begin_layout Standard
28312 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28313 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28318 \begin_inset Index idx
28321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28322 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28327 as explained below, and turn on
28330 \begin_inset space ~
28337 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28341 \begin_inset space ~
28345 \begin_inset space ~
28348 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28353 \begin_inset space ~
28358 is the multiplication factor for the size.
28361 \begin_layout Standard
28362 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28364 Previews of an already loaded document are
28368 generated just by selecting the
28371 \begin_inset space ~
28376 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28379 \begin_layout Standard
28380 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28381 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28384 \begin_inset space ~
28389 check box in the insert dialog.
28390 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28394 \begin_layout Standard
28395 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28399 (on some systems named simply
28404 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28406 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28412 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28413 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28421 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28425 \begin_layout Standard
28426 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28432 \begin_layout Standard
28433 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28437 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28439 \begin_inset space ~
28444 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28445 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28447 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28448 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28449 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28450 the source view window.
28453 \begin_layout Section
28455 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28457 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28462 \begin_inset Index idx
28465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28474 \begin_layout Standard
28475 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28476 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28493 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28499 can be seen as the successor to
28503 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28508 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28509 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28517 \begin_layout Standard
28518 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28519 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28526 \begin_layout Standard
28529 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28532 or the toolbar button
28533 \begin_inset Graphics
28534 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
28535 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
28539 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28540 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28541 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28542 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28543 scrolled so that it is visible.
28548 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28550 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28554 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28555 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28558 \begin_layout Standard
28559 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
28562 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28566 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28567 will bring an error message.
28568 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28569 specifying a different
28571 Alternative language
28573 in preferences dialog.
28576 \begin_layout Standard
28577 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
28580 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28584 \begin_layout Standard
28585 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28586 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28588 But you can use the
28591 \begin_inset space ~
28595 \begin_inset space ~
28603 \begin_layout Standard
28604 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28605 This does work with
28609 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28612 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28616 \begin_layout Standard
28621 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28624 \begin_layout Description
28626 \begin_inset space ~
28629 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28630 should consider, e.
28631 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28635 \begin_inset space \space{}
28638 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
28639 This should not normally be needed.
28642 \begin_layout Description
28644 \begin_inset space ~
28647 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
28648 the spell checker's default choice
28651 \begin_layout Description
28653 \begin_inset space ~
28657 \begin_inset space ~
28660 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28662 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28666 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28672 \begin_layout Description
28674 \begin_inset space ~
28678 \begin_inset space ~
28681 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28683 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28690 also for the spellchecker.
28694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28695 The encodings are explained in section
28696 \begin_inset space ~
28700 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28702 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
28711 Only enable this if you use
28715 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28716 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28717 so this is disabled by default.
28720 \begin_layout Section
28722 \begin_inset Index idx
28725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28732 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28734 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28741 \begin_layout Standard
28742 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
28743 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
28752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28753 \begin_inset CommandInset href
28755 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
28764 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
28765 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
28766 are available for many languages.
28769 \begin_layout Standard
28770 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
28774 \begin_layout Subsection
28775 Setting up the thesaurus
28778 \begin_layout Standard
28783 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
28788 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
28793 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
28795 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28799 en_EN for English).
28800 For instance, the English files are named:
28803 \begin_layout Itemize
28807 \begin_layout Itemize
28811 \begin_layout Standard
28812 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
28813 already on your system.
28814 If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
28815 \begin_inset Flex URL
28818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28820 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
28826 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
28831 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
28833 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
28834 unpack a zip archive.
28837 \begin_layout Standard
28846 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
28847 s), and specify the path to this directory in
28849 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28850 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28854 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
28857 \begin_layout Subsection
28858 Using the thesaurus
28861 \begin_layout Standard
28862 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
28864 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28867 or the toolbar button
28868 \begin_inset Graphics
28869 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28870 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28871 rotateOrigin center
28875 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
28877 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28879 The proposals are grouped into categories.
28880 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
28881 and hyponyms (such as
28889 ), compounds (such as
28893 ) and antonyms (such as
28901 ), which are marked as such.
28904 \begin_layout Standard
28905 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
28906 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
28910 \begin_layout Standard
28911 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
28912 the dictionary, such as the above
28916 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
28917 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28921 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
28922 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
28923 For example looking up the word forms
28931 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
28936 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
28937 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28949 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
28950 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
28951 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
28954 \begin_layout Subsection
28955 License of the Thesaurus library
28958 \begin_layout Standard
28963 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
28968 as a standalone program.
28969 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
28970 The library was released under the
28972 Berkeley Database License
28974 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
28975 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
28976 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
28978 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
28981 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
28985 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
28988 \begin_layout Section
28990 \begin_inset Index idx
28993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29000 \begin_inset Index idx
29003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29004 Document ! Change Tracking
29010 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29012 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
29019 \begin_layout Standard
29020 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
29021 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
29022 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
29023 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
29025 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29027 \begin_inset space ~
29030 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29032 \begin_inset space ~
29040 \begin_layout Standard
29041 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
29055 The color depends on the author that made the change.
29056 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
29059 \begin_inset space ~
29063 \begin_inset space ~
29073 \begin_inset Index idx
29076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29077 Color ! Change tracking
29082 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
29083 the cursor is in changed text.
29084 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
29085 \begin_inset Graphics
29086 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29087 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29088 rotateOrigin center
29095 \begin_layout Standard
29096 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
29097 \begin_inset Index idx
29100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29109 \begin_layout Standard
29110 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29116 \begin_layout Standard
29117 \begin_inset Graphics
29118 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
29125 \begin_layout Standard
29126 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29132 \begin_layout Standard
29133 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
29137 \begin_layout Standard
29138 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29144 \begin_layout Standard
29145 \begin_inset Tabular
29146 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
29147 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
29148 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29149 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29150 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29155 \begin_inset Graphics
29156 filename ../images/changes-track.png
29157 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29158 rotateOrigin center
29167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29173 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29175 \begin_inset space ~
29178 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29180 \begin_inset space ~
29189 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29194 \begin_inset Graphics
29195 filename ../images/changes-output.png
29196 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29197 rotateOrigin center
29206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29212 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29214 \begin_inset space ~
29217 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29219 \begin_inset space ~
29223 \begin_inset space ~
29227 \begin_inset space ~
29236 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29241 \begin_inset Graphics
29242 filename ../images/change-next.png
29243 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29244 rotateOrigin center
29253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29257 Jumps to the next change
29263 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29268 \begin_inset Graphics
29269 filename ../images/change-accept.png
29270 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29271 rotateOrigin center
29280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29286 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29288 \begin_inset space ~
29291 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29293 \begin_inset space ~
29302 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29307 \begin_inset Graphics
29308 filename ../images/change-reject.png
29309 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29310 rotateOrigin center
29319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29325 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29327 \begin_inset space ~
29330 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29332 \begin_inset space ~
29341 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29346 \begin_inset Graphics
29347 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29348 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29349 rotateOrigin center
29358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29364 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29366 \begin_inset space ~
29369 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29371 \begin_inset space ~
29380 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29385 \begin_inset Graphics
29386 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29387 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29388 rotateOrigin center
29397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29403 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29405 \begin_inset space ~
29408 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29410 \begin_inset space ~
29414 \begin_inset space ~
29423 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29428 \begin_inset Graphics
29429 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29430 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29431 rotateOrigin center
29440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29446 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29448 \begin_inset space ~
29451 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29453 \begin_inset space ~
29457 \begin_inset space ~
29466 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29471 \begin_inset Graphics
29472 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29473 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29474 rotateOrigin center
29483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29489 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29490 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29492 \begin_inset space ~
29501 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29506 \begin_inset Graphics
29507 filename ../images/note-next.png
29508 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29509 rotateOrigin center
29518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29524 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29526 \begin_inset space ~
29542 \begin_layout Standard
29543 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29549 \begin_layout Standard
29550 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
29551 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29552 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
29553 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29554 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29555 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29556 step to the next change.
29557 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
29560 \begin_layout Standard
29561 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29562 to describe a change.
29565 \begin_layout Standard
29566 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29571 \begin_inset Index idx
29574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29575 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29581 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29582 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29588 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29591 \begin_layout Section
29592 International Support
29593 \begin_inset Index idx
29596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29597 International support
29605 \begin_layout Standard
29606 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29607 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29608 how to set up LyX to use them:
29609 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29611 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29618 \begin_layout Standard
29619 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29620 \begin_inset space ~
29624 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29626 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29633 \begin_layout Subsection
29635 \begin_inset Index idx
29638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29645 \begin_inset Index idx
29648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29649 Document ! Settings
29655 \begin_inset Index idx
29658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29659 Document ! Language
29667 \begin_layout Standard
29670 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29673 dialog lets you set
29675 the language and character encoding for your language.
29679 \begin_layout Standard
29680 Choose your language in the
29684 section of this dialog.
29692 \begin_layout Standard
29697 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
29702 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29703 For details about the different encoding options see section
29704 \begin_inset space ~
29708 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29710 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29717 \begin_layout Subsection
29718 Keyboard mapping configuration
29719 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29721 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29728 \begin_layout Standard
29729 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
29730 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29731 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29732 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29733 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29735 \begin_inset space ~
29739 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29741 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29746 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29747 which one you want to use.
29750 \begin_layout Standard
29751 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29752 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29753 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29754 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29755 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29756 one to support the characters you want.
29757 This and many other customizations are explained in the
29764 \begin_layout Subsection
29768 \begin_layout Standard
29770 \begin_inset space ~
29774 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29776 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29785 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29789 \begin_layout Standard
29790 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29791 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29799 \begin_layout Itemize
29800 Even if you have selected
29806 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29809 dialog, users who have only the
29813 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29817 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29818 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29819 french quotes won't show up.
29822 \begin_layout Standard
29823 \begin_inset Float table
29828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29829 \begin_inset Caption
29831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29832 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29834 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29852 \begin_inset Tabular
29853 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29854 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
29855 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29856 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29857 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29858 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29859 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29860 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29861 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29862 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29863 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29864 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29865 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29866 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29867 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29868 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29869 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29870 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29871 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30724 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34284 \begin_layout Standard
34285 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
34287 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
34288 also the characters from
34300 \begin_layout Itemize
34309 \begin_layout Standard
34310 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
34311 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34317 \begin_layout Standard
34318 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34319 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34325 \begin_layout Standard
34326 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34327 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34333 \begin_layout Standard
34334 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34335 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34341 \begin_layout Standard
34343 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34349 \begin_layout Standard
34351 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34357 \begin_layout Standard
34359 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34366 \begin_layout Itemize
34379 \begin_layout Standard
34381 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34387 \begin_layout Standard
34389 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34395 \begin_layout Standard
34397 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34403 \begin_layout Standard
34405 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34411 \begin_layout Standard
34413 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34419 \begin_layout Standard
34421 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34428 \begin_layout Standard
34429 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34430 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34431 Also make sure you're using the
34438 \begin_layout Chapter
34441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34443 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34450 \begin_layout Standard
34451 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
34452 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
34453 topic inside the user's guide.
34456 \begin_layout Section
34458 \begin_inset Index idx
34461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34470 \begin_layout Standard
34475 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34476 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34479 \begin_layout Subsection
34483 \begin_layout Standard
34484 Creates a new document.
34487 \begin_layout Subsection
34491 \begin_layout Standard
34492 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
34493 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34494 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34497 \begin_layout Subsection
34501 \begin_layout Standard
34505 \begin_layout Subsection
34509 \begin_layout Standard
34510 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34511 Click there on a file to open it.
34514 \begin_layout Subsection
34518 \begin_layout Standard
34519 Closes the current document.
34522 \begin_layout Subsection
34526 \begin_layout Standard
34527 Closes all opened documents.
34530 \begin_layout Subsection
34534 \begin_layout Standard
34535 Saves the actual document.
34538 \begin_layout Subsection
34542 \begin_layout Standard
34543 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34546 \begin_layout Subsection
34550 \begin_layout Standard
34551 Saves all opened documents.
34554 \begin_layout Subsection
34558 \begin_layout Standard
34559 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34562 \begin_layout Subsection
34566 \begin_layout Standard
34567 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34568 It is described in the section
34570 Version Control in LyX
34574 Additional Features
34579 \begin_layout Subsection
34583 \begin_layout Standard
34584 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
34585 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
34586 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
34587 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34590 \begin_layout Standard
34591 When using the menu entry
34594 \begin_inset space ~
34599 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
34603 \begin_inset space ~
34607 \begin_inset space ~
34612 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
34613 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
34616 \begin_layout Subsection
34618 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34627 \begin_layout Standard
34628 You can export your document to various file formats.
34629 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34630 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34631 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34634 \begin_layout Standard
34635 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34637 \begin_inset space ~
34641 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34643 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34650 \begin_layout Description
34654 \begin_inset space ~
34659 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34660 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34663 \begin_layout Description
34671 \begin_layout Description
34672 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34676 \begin_layout Description
34678 \begin_inset space ~
34682 \begin_inset space ~
34685 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34689 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34697 \begin_layout Description
34704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34712 \begin_inset space ~
34717 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34718 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
34722 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34725 \begin_layout Description
34732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34740 \begin_inset space ~
34745 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34746 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34754 \begin_layout Description
34756 \begin_inset space ~
34759 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34767 is replaced by the version number)
34770 \begin_layout Description
34771 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34784 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34788 \begin_layout Description
34792 \begin_inset space ~
34797 PDF-format using the program
34802 \begin_layout Description
34806 \begin_inset space ~
34811 PDF-format using the program
34816 \begin_layout Description
34820 \begin_inset space ~
34825 PDF-format using the program
34830 \begin_layout Description
34834 \begin_inset space ~
34842 \begin_layout Description
34846 \begin_inset space ~
34850 \begin_inset space ~
34855 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34856 and then exported as text using the program
34861 \begin_layout Description
34866 PostScript format using the program
34871 \begin_layout Description
34879 \begin_layout Standard
34884 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34885 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34891 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34894 \begin_layout Standard
34895 If one of the menu entries
34902 \begin_inset space ~
34911 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34912 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34913 \begin_inset space ~
34917 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34919 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34924 \begin_inset Index idx
34927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34928 Reconfiguration of LyX
34936 \begin_layout Standard
34941 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34942 the export program.
34945 \begin_layout Subsection
34949 \begin_layout Standard
34950 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
34951 format or send it to a printer.
34952 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34953 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34959 For more information have a look at section
34960 \begin_inset space ~
34964 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34966 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34973 \begin_layout Subsection
34977 \begin_layout Standard
34978 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
34979 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
34980 prefix, see section
34981 \begin_inset space ~
34985 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34987 reference "sec:Paths"
34992 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
35001 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
35002 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
35003 \begin_inset space ~
35007 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35009 reference "sub:Converters"
35016 \begin_layout Subsection
35017 New and Close Window
35020 \begin_layout Standard
35021 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
35024 \begin_layout Subsection
35028 \begin_layout Standard
35029 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
35032 \begin_layout Section
35034 \begin_inset Index idx
35037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35046 \begin_layout Subsection
35050 \begin_layout Standard
35051 Described in section
35052 \begin_inset space ~
35056 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35058 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
35065 \begin_layout Subsection
35066 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
35069 \begin_layout Standard
35070 Described in section
35071 \begin_inset space ~
35075 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35077 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35084 \begin_layout Subsection
35088 \begin_layout Standard
35089 Selects the whole document.
35092 \begin_layout Subsection
35096 \begin_layout Standard
35097 Described in section
35098 \begin_inset space ~
35102 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35104 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35111 \begin_layout Subsection
35112 Move Paragraph Up/Down
35115 \begin_layout Standard
35116 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
35120 \begin_layout Subsection
35124 \begin_layout Standard
35125 Described in section
35126 \begin_inset space ~
35130 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35132 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
35139 \begin_layout Subsection
35141 \begin_inset Index idx
35144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35145 Paragraph ! Settings
35153 \begin_layout Standard
35154 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
35155 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
35158 \begin_layout Standard
35159 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
35160 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
35162 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35168 \begin_inset space ~
35176 \begin_layout Subsection
35177 Table Settings and Math
35180 \begin_layout Standard
35181 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
35183 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
35184 The properties of tables are described in section
35185 \begin_inset space ~
35189 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35191 reference "sec:Tables"
35195 , the properties of formulas in chapter
35196 \begin_inset space ~
35200 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35202 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35209 \begin_layout Subsection
35210 Increase / Decrease List Depth
35213 \begin_layout Standard
35214 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
35215 that can be nested.
35216 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
35217 \begin_inset space ~
35221 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35223 reference "sec:Nesting"
35228 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35230 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
35237 \begin_layout Section
35239 \begin_inset Index idx
35242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35251 \begin_layout Standard
35256 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
35257 document with an external program.
35258 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
35259 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
35260 All possible formats are formats listed in section
35261 \begin_inset space ~
35265 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35267 reference "sub:Export"
35272 You should at least see the menu entries
35279 \begin_inset space ~
35285 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35286 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35287 \begin_inset space ~
35291 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35293 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35298 \begin_inset Index idx
35301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35302 Reconfiguration of LyX
35310 \begin_layout Standard
35311 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
35312 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
35313 \begin_inset space ~
35317 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35319 reference "sec:File-Formats"
35324 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
35327 \begin_layout Standard
35328 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
35331 At the bottom of the
35335 menu the opened documents are listed.
35338 \begin_layout Subsection
35339 Open/Close all Insets
35342 \begin_layout Standard
35343 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
35346 \begin_layout Subsection
35347 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
35350 \begin_layout Standard
35351 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
35354 \begin_layout Standard
35355 Math macros are described in the
35362 \begin_layout Subsection
35366 \begin_layout Standard
35367 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
35369 \begin_inset space ~
35373 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35375 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35382 \begin_layout Subsection
35386 \begin_layout Standard
35387 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
35388 opening a new view window.
35391 \begin_layout Subsection
35395 \begin_layout Standard
35396 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
35397 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
35398 view the same document, but at different positions.
35399 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
35400 or more documents at the same time.
35401 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
35408 \begin_layout Subsection
35412 \begin_layout Standard
35413 Closes a split view.
35416 \begin_layout Subsection
35420 \begin_layout Standard
35421 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
35422 so that you will see nothing but your text.
35423 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
35424 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
35425 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the the context menu.
35428 \begin_layout Subsection
35430 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35432 name "sub:Toolbars"
35437 \begin_inset Index idx
35440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35449 \begin_layout Standard
35450 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35451 All toolbars and the
35454 \begin_inset space ~
35459 can be turned on and off.
35464 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35476 \begin_inset space ~
35485 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35489 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35496 \begin_layout Standard
35501 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35505 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35506 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35507 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35508 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35509 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35512 \begin_layout Standard
35513 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
35514 \begin_inset space ~
35518 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35520 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35527 \begin_layout Section
35529 \begin_inset Index idx
35532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35541 \begin_layout Subsection
35545 \begin_layout Standard
35546 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35547 \begin_inset space ~
35551 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35553 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35564 \begin_layout Subsection
35566 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35568 name "sub:Special-Character"
35575 \begin_layout Standard
35576 Here you can insert the following characters:
35579 \begin_layout Description
35580 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35581 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35582 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35583 \begin_inset Newline newline
35587 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35595 Not all characters will be visible in the
35599 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
35601 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35605 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35607 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35611 ) can display every character.
35619 \begin_layout Description
35620 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35624 \begin_layout Description
35626 \begin_inset space ~
35630 \begin_inset space ~
35633 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35634 \begin_inset space ~
35638 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35640 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35647 \begin_layout Description
35649 \begin_inset space ~
35652 Quote Inserts this quote:
35653 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35656 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35658 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35668 \begin_layout Description
35670 \begin_inset space ~
35673 Quote Inserts this quote:
35674 \begin_inset Quotes els
35680 \begin_layout Description
35682 \begin_inset space ~
35685 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35689 \begin_layout Description
35691 \begin_inset space ~
35694 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35698 \begin_layout Description
35700 \begin_inset space ~
35703 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35707 \begin_layout Description
35709 \begin_inset space ~
35713 \begin_inset Index idx
35716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35723 \begin_inset Index idx
35726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35727 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35732 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35733 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35734 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35739 \begin_inset Index idx
35742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35743 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35749 \begin_inset Newline newline
35752 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35756 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35764 and this Wiki-page:
35765 \begin_inset Newline newline
35769 \begin_inset Flex URL
35772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35774 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35782 \begin_layout Subsection
35786 \begin_layout Standard
35787 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35790 \begin_layout Description
35791 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
35792 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35798 \begin_layout Description
35799 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
35800 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35806 \begin_layout Description
35808 \begin_inset space ~
35811 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35812 \begin_inset space ~
35816 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35818 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35825 \begin_layout Description
35827 \begin_inset space ~
35830 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35831 \begin_inset space ~
35835 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35837 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35844 \begin_layout Description
35846 \begin_inset space ~
35849 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35850 \begin_inset space ~
35854 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35856 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35863 \begin_layout Description
35865 \begin_inset space ~
35868 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
35869 \begin_inset space ~
35873 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35875 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35882 \begin_layout Description
35884 \begin_inset space ~
35887 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
35888 \begin_inset space ~
35892 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35894 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35901 \begin_layout Description
35903 \begin_inset space ~
35906 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35907 \begin_inset space ~
35911 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35913 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35920 \begin_layout Description
35922 \begin_inset space ~
35925 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
35926 \begin_inset space ~
35930 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35932 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35939 \begin_layout Description
35941 \begin_inset space ~
35944 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35945 \begin_inset space ~
35949 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35951 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35958 \begin_layout Description
35960 \begin_inset space ~
35964 \begin_inset space ~
35967 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35968 \begin_inset space ~
35972 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35974 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35981 \begin_layout Description
35983 \begin_inset space ~
35986 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
35987 text line to the page border, see section
35988 \begin_inset space ~
35992 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35994 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36001 \begin_layout Description
36003 \begin_inset space ~
36006 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
36007 \begin_inset space ~
36011 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36013 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36020 \begin_layout Description
36022 \begin_inset space ~
36025 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
36026 text page to the page border, described in section
36027 \begin_inset space ~
36031 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36033 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36040 \begin_layout Description
36042 \begin_inset space ~
36045 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
36046 \begin_inset space ~
36050 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36052 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36059 \begin_layout Description
36061 \begin_inset space ~
36065 \begin_inset space ~
36068 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
36069 \begin_inset space ~
36073 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36075 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36082 \begin_layout Subsection
36086 \begin_layout Standard
36087 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
36088 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
36090 \begin_inset space ~
36094 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36096 reference "sec:toc"
36101 The index list is described in section
36102 \begin_inset space ~
36106 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36108 reference "sec:Index"
36112 , the nomenclature in section
36113 \begin_inset space ~
36117 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36119 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36123 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
36124 \begin_inset space ~
36128 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36130 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
36137 \begin_layout Subsection
36141 \begin_layout Standard
36142 To insert floats, described in section
36143 \begin_inset space ~
36147 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36149 reference "sec:Floats"
36156 \begin_layout Subsection
36160 \begin_layout Standard
36161 To insert notes, described in section
36162 \begin_inset space ~
36166 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36168 reference "sec:Notes"
36175 \begin_layout Subsection
36179 \begin_layout Standard
36180 Inserts branch insets as described in section
36181 \begin_inset space ~
36185 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36187 reference "sec:Branches"
36194 \begin_layout Subsection
36198 \begin_layout Standard
36199 Inserts document class-specific insets.
36200 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
36202 An example is the document class
36203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36207 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36210 with three custom insets.
36213 Flex insets and InsetLayout
36219 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
36222 \begin_layout Subsection
36224 \begin_inset Index idx
36227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36236 \begin_layout Standard
36237 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
36238 files in your document.
36239 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
36250 \begin_layout Subsection
36252 \begin_inset Index idx
36255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36264 \begin_layout Standard
36265 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
36266 \begin_inset space ~
36270 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36272 reference "sec:Minipages"
36277 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
36288 \begin_layout Subsection
36292 \begin_layout Standard
36293 Inserts a citation as described in section
36294 \begin_inset space ~
36298 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36300 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36307 \begin_layout Subsection
36311 \begin_layout Standard
36312 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
36313 \begin_inset space ~
36317 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36319 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36326 \begin_layout Subsection
36330 \begin_layout Standard
36331 Inserts a label as described in section
36332 \begin_inset space ~
36336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36338 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36345 \begin_layout Subsection
36347 \begin_inset Index idx
36350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36357 \begin_inset Index idx
36360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36361 Longtables ! Caption
36369 \begin_layout Standard
36370 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
36371 Floats are described in section
36372 \begin_inset space ~
36376 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36378 reference "sec:Floats"
36382 , captions in longtables are described in the section
36393 \begin_layout Subsection
36397 \begin_layout Standard
36398 Inserts an index entry as described in section
36399 \begin_inset space ~
36403 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36405 reference "sec:Index"
36412 \begin_layout Subsection
36416 \begin_layout Standard
36417 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
36418 \begin_inset space ~
36422 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36424 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36431 \begin_layout Subsection
36435 \begin_layout Standard
36437 Tables are described in section
36438 \begin_inset space ~
36442 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36444 reference "sec:Tables"
36451 \begin_layout Subsection
36455 \begin_layout Standard
36457 Graphics are described in section
36458 \begin_inset space ~
36462 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36464 reference "sec:Graphics"
36471 \begin_layout Subsection
36475 \begin_layout Standard
36476 Inserts an URL as described in section
36477 \begin_inset space ~
36481 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36483 reference "sub:URLs"
36490 \begin_layout Subsection
36494 \begin_layout Standard
36495 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36496 \begin_inset space ~
36500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36502 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36509 \begin_layout Subsection
36513 \begin_layout Standard
36514 Inserts a footnote, see section
36515 \begin_inset space ~
36519 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36521 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36528 \begin_layout Subsection
36532 \begin_layout Standard
36533 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36534 \begin_inset space ~
36538 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36540 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36547 \begin_layout Subsection
36551 \begin_layout Standard
36552 Inserts a short title, see section
36553 \begin_inset space ~
36557 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36559 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36566 \begin_layout Subsection
36570 \begin_layout Standard
36571 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36572 \begin_inset space ~
36576 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36578 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36585 \begin_layout Subsection
36587 \begin_inset Index idx
36590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36599 \begin_layout Standard
36600 Inserts a program listings box.
36601 Program listings are explained in the chapter
36603 Program Code Listings
36612 \begin_layout Subsection
36616 \begin_layout Standard
36617 Inserts the actual date.
36618 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36620 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
36632 \begin_layout Section
36634 \begin_inset Index idx
36637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36646 \begin_layout Standard
36647 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36648 \begin_inset space ~
36651 of the current document.
36652 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36655 \begin_layout Subsection
36659 \begin_layout Standard
36660 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36661 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
36663 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36667 \begin_inset space \space{}
36671 \begin_inset space ~
36675 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36676 \begin_inset space ~
36679 2.5 and use the menu
36682 \begin_inset space ~
36686 \begin_inset space ~
36693 \begin_inset space ~
36699 \begin_inset space ~
36703 \begin_inset space ~
36709 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
36713 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
36719 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
36725 \begin_layout Standard
36726 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36727 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36730 \begin_layout Subsection
36731 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36734 \begin_layout Standard
36735 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36739 \begin_layout Subsection
36743 \begin_layout Standard
36744 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36745 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36746 on a cross-reference box.
36749 \begin_layout Section
36751 \begin_inset Index idx
36754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36763 \begin_layout Subsection
36767 \begin_layout Standard
36768 Change Tracking is described in section
36769 \begin_inset space ~
36773 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36775 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36782 \begin_layout Subsection
36787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36797 \begin_layout Standard
36798 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36800 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36803 \begin_layout Standard
36804 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36809 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36812 \begin_layout Subsection
36816 \begin_layout Standard
36817 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36818 \begin_inset space ~
36822 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36824 reference "sec:Navigating"
36829 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36831 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36838 \begin_layout Subsection
36839 Start Appendix Here
36842 \begin_layout Standard
36843 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36844 position as described in section
36845 \begin_inset space ~
36849 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36851 reference "sec:Appendices"
36858 \begin_layout Subsection
36862 \begin_layout Standard
36863 Un/compresses the current document.
36866 \begin_layout Subsection
36870 \begin_layout Standard
36871 The document settings are described in appendix
36872 \begin_inset space ~
36876 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36878 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
36885 \begin_layout Section
36887 \begin_inset Index idx
36890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36899 \begin_layout Subsection
36903 \begin_layout Standard
36904 Spell checking is explained in section
36905 \begin_inset space ~
36909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36911 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36918 \begin_layout Subsection
36922 \begin_layout Standard
36923 The thesaurus is described in section
36924 \begin_inset space ~
36928 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36930 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36937 \begin_layout Subsection
36939 \begin_inset Index idx
36942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36949 \begin_inset Index idx
36952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36961 \begin_layout Standard
36962 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
36963 highlighted document part.
36966 \begin_layout Subsection
36968 \begin_inset Index idx
36971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36980 \begin_layout Standard
36981 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36984 \begin_layout Subsection
36986 \begin_inset Index idx
36989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36990 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37001 Reconfiguration of LyX
37005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37018 \begin_inset Index idx
37021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37022 Reconfiguration of LyX
37030 \begin_layout Standard
37031 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
37032 and needed programs it needs; see also section
37033 \begin_inset space ~
37037 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37039 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37046 \begin_layout Subsection
37050 \begin_layout Standard
37051 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
37052 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37056 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37058 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37065 \begin_layout Section
37067 \begin_inset Index idx
37070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37079 \begin_layout Standard
37080 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37084 \begin_layout Standard
37088 \begin_inset space ~
37093 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37094 found by LyX (see also section
37095 \begin_inset space ~
37099 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37101 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37108 \begin_layout Section
37110 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37112 name "sec:Toolbars"
37119 \begin_layout Standard
37120 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37121 \begin_inset space ~
37125 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37127 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37134 \begin_layout Standard
37135 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37136 This is described in the
37138 Additional Features
37143 \begin_layout Subsection
37145 \begin_inset Index idx
37148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37157 \begin_layout Standard
37158 \begin_inset Graphics
37159 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37167 \begin_layout Standard
37168 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37174 \begin_layout Standard
37175 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37192 \begin_inset Note Note
37195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37196 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37201 manual for more information.
37209 \begin_layout Standard
37210 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37216 \begin_layout Standard
37217 \begin_inset Tabular
37218 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37219 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37220 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37221 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37227 \begin_inset Graphics
37228 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37242 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
37255 \begin_layout Standard
37256 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37262 \begin_layout Standard
37264 \begin_inset Tabular
37265 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
37266 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37267 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37268 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37269 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37276 \begin_inset Graphics
37277 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
37278 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37293 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37300 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37305 \begin_inset Graphics
37306 filename ../images/file-open.png
37307 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37322 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37329 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37334 \begin_inset Graphics
37335 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37336 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37351 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37358 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37363 \begin_inset Graphics
37364 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37365 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37380 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37387 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37392 \begin_inset Graphics
37393 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37394 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37409 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37416 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37421 \begin_inset Graphics
37422 filename ../images/undo.png
37423 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37438 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37445 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37450 \begin_inset Graphics
37451 filename ../images/redo.png
37452 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37467 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37474 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37479 \begin_inset Graphics
37480 filename ../images/cut.png
37481 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37496 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37503 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37508 \begin_inset Graphics
37509 filename ../images/copy.png
37510 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37525 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37532 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37537 \begin_inset Graphics
37538 filename ../images/paste.png
37539 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37554 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37561 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37566 \begin_inset Graphics
37567 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37568 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37569 rotateOrigin center
37578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37584 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37586 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37590 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37599 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37604 \begin_inset Graphics
37605 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
37606 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37607 rotateOrigin center
37616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37622 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37623 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37630 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37635 \begin_inset Graphics
37636 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37637 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37650 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37652 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37654 \begin_inset space ~
37665 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37670 \begin_inset Graphics
37671 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37672 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37685 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37687 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37689 \begin_inset space ~
37700 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37705 \begin_inset Graphics
37706 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37707 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37720 Formats text using the current settings in the
37722 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37724 \begin_inset space ~
37735 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37740 \begin_inset Graphics
37741 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37742 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37757 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37758 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37760 \begin_inset space ~
37769 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37774 \begin_inset Graphics
37775 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37776 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37777 rotateOrigin center
37786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37792 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37799 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37804 \begin_inset Graphics
37805 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37806 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37807 rotateOrigin center
37816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37822 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37829 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37834 \begin_inset Graphics
37835 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37836 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37837 rotateOrigin center
37846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37850 Toggle outline window on/off,
37852 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37859 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37864 \begin_inset Graphics
37865 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37866 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37867 rotateOrigin center
37876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37880 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37886 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37891 \begin_inset Graphics
37892 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37893 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37894 rotateOrigin center
37903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37907 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37920 \begin_layout Subsection
37922 \begin_inset Index idx
37925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37934 \begin_layout Standard
37935 \begin_inset Graphics
37936 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37944 \begin_layout Standard
37945 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37951 \begin_layout Standard
37952 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37956 \begin_layout Standard
37957 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37963 \begin_layout Standard
37964 \begin_inset Tabular
37965 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
37966 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37967 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37968 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37969 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37974 \begin_inset Graphics
37975 filename ../images/layout.png
37976 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37977 rotateOrigin center
37986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37996 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38001 \begin_inset Graphics
38002 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
38003 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38004 rotateOrigin center
38013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38023 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38028 \begin_inset Graphics
38029 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
38030 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38031 rotateOrigin center
38040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38050 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38055 \begin_inset Graphics
38056 filename ../images/layout_List.png
38057 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38058 rotateOrigin center
38067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38077 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38082 \begin_inset Graphics
38083 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
38084 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38085 rotateOrigin center
38094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38104 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38109 \begin_inset Graphics
38110 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
38111 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38112 rotateOrigin center
38121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38127 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38129 \begin_inset space ~
38133 \begin_inset space ~
38142 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38147 \begin_inset Graphics
38148 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
38149 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38150 rotateOrigin center
38159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38165 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38167 \begin_inset space ~
38171 \begin_inset space ~
38180 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38185 \begin_inset Graphics
38186 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
38187 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38202 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38203 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38210 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38215 \begin_inset Graphics
38216 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
38217 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38232 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38233 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38240 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38245 \begin_inset Graphics
38246 filename ../images/label-insert.png
38247 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38262 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38269 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38274 \begin_inset Graphics
38275 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38276 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38291 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38298 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38303 \begin_inset Graphics
38304 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38305 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38320 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38327 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38332 \begin_inset Graphics
38333 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38334 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38349 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38351 \begin_inset space ~
38360 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38365 \begin_inset Graphics
38366 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38367 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38382 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38384 \begin_inset space ~
38393 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38398 \begin_inset Graphics
38399 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38400 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38415 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38422 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38427 \begin_inset Graphics
38428 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38429 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38430 rotateOrigin center
38439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38445 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38447 \begin_inset space ~
38456 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38461 \begin_inset Graphics
38462 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38463 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38478 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38479 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38481 \begin_inset space ~
38490 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38495 \begin_inset Graphics
38496 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38497 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38512 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38519 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38524 \begin_inset Graphics
38525 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38526 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38541 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38548 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38553 \begin_inset Graphics
38554 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38555 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38570 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38592 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38597 \begin_inset Graphics
38598 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
38599 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38614 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38615 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38622 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38627 \begin_inset Graphics
38628 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38629 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38644 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38645 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38647 \begin_inset space ~
38656 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38661 \begin_inset Graphics
38662 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38663 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38664 rotateOrigin center
38673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38679 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38681 \begin_inset space ~
38690 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38695 \begin_inset Graphics
38696 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38697 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38698 rotateOrigin center
38707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38713 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38715 \begin_inset space ~
38724 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38729 \begin_inset Graphics
38730 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38731 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38732 rotateOrigin center
38741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38747 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38761 \begin_layout Subsection
38762 View / Update Toolbar
38763 \begin_inset Index idx
38766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38767 Toolbar ! View / Update
38775 \begin_layout Standard
38776 \begin_inset Graphics
38777 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38784 \begin_layout Standard
38785 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38791 \begin_layout Standard
38792 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38796 \begin_layout Standard
38797 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38803 \begin_layout Standard
38804 \begin_inset Tabular
38805 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38806 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38807 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38808 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38809 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38814 \begin_inset Graphics
38815 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38816 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38817 rotateOrigin center
38826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38832 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38839 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38844 \begin_inset Graphics
38845 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38846 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38847 rotateOrigin center
38856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38862 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38863 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38870 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38875 \begin_inset Graphics
38876 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38877 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38878 rotateOrigin center
38887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38893 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38900 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38905 \begin_inset Graphics
38906 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38907 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38908 rotateOrigin center
38917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38923 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38924 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38931 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38936 \begin_inset Graphics
38937 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38938 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38939 rotateOrigin center
38948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38954 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38961 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38966 \begin_inset Graphics
38967 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38968 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38969 rotateOrigin center
38978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38984 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38985 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38999 \begin_layout Subsection
39003 \begin_layout Standard
39004 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
39005 \begin_inset space ~
39009 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39011 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39015 , the table toolbar
39016 \begin_inset Index idx
39019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39029 manual, the math macro toolbar
39030 \begin_inset Index idx
39033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39046 \begin_layout Chapter
39047 The Document Settings
39048 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39050 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
39055 \begin_inset Index idx
39058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39059 Document ! Settings
39067 \begin_layout Standard
39068 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
39069 whole document and is called with the menu
39071 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39075 You can save your document settings as default with th
39077 e Save as Document Defaults
39079 button in the dialog.
39080 This will create a template name
39088 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
39092 \begin_layout Standard
39093 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
39096 \begin_layout Section
39100 \begin_layout Standard
39101 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
39103 Document classes are described in section
39104 \begin_inset space ~
39108 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39110 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
39115 Some classes use some class options by default.
39116 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
39120 and you can decide to use them or not.
39121 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
39122 recommended not to touch them.
39123 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
39129 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
39130 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
39135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39136 When you want one of the following drivers
39137 \begin_inset Newline newline
39140 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
39141 \begin_inset Newline newline
39144 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
39145 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39149 \begin_inset CommandInset href
39151 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
39163 \begin_layout Standard
39164 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
39165 child or subdocument.
39166 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
39167 without its master.
39168 This way child documents are always compilable.
39169 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
39180 \begin_layout Section
39184 \begin_layout Standard
39185 Modules are explained in section
39186 \begin_inset space ~
39190 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39192 reference "sub:Modules"
39199 \begin_layout Section
39203 \begin_layout Standard
39204 The document font settings are described in section
39205 \begin_inset space ~
39209 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39211 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
39218 \begin_layout Section
39222 \begin_layout Standard
39223 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
39225 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
39229 \begin_layout Standard
39230 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
39231 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
39232 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
39235 \begin_layout Standard
39236 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
39244 \begin_layout Section
39248 \begin_layout Standard
39249 A description of this menu is given in section
39250 \begin_inset space ~
39254 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39256 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
39261 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39263 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
39270 \begin_layout Section
39274 \begin_layout Standard
39275 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
39276 \begin_inset space ~
39280 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39282 reference "sub:Margins"
39289 \begin_layout Section
39291 \begin_inset Index idx
39294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39295 Language ! Encoding
39303 \begin_layout Standard
39304 The document language and quote styles are set here.
39305 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
39306 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
39307 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
39308 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
39309 known for a particular character).
39313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39314 The known commands are defined in a text file.
39315 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
39320 manual for details.
39328 \begin_layout Standard
39329 If you use the option
39333 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
39334 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
39335 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
39336 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
39337 exactly one encoding.
39338 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
39346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39347 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
39348 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
39350 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39351 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39365 \begin_layout Standard
39366 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
39367 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
39368 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
39369 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
39370 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
39371 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
39376 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
39377 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
39378 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
39381 \begin_layout Standard
39382 Here is a list with the important encodings:
39385 \begin_layout Description
39387 \begin_inset space ~
39391 \begin_inset space ~
39395 \begin_inset space ~
39402 , but the LaTeX-package
39407 \begin_inset Index idx
39410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39411 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39417 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
39418 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
39419 languages in TeX code.
39422 \begin_layout Description
39423 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
39424 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
39425 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
39428 \begin_layout Description
39430 \begin_inset space ~
39434 \begin_inset space ~
39437 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
39440 \begin_layout Description
39442 \begin_inset space ~
39446 \begin_inset space ~
39449 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
39452 \begin_layout Description
39454 \begin_inset space ~
39457 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
39460 \begin_layout Description
39462 \begin_inset space ~
39466 \begin_inset space ~
39469 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
39470 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
39473 \begin_layout Description
39475 \begin_inset space ~
39479 \begin_inset space ~
39482 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
39486 \begin_layout Description
39488 \begin_inset space ~
39492 \begin_inset space ~
39495 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
39496 ISO-8859-13 encoding
39499 \begin_layout Description
39501 \begin_inset space ~
39505 \begin_inset space ~
39509 \begin_inset space ~
39512 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
39513 \begin_inset space ~
39519 \begin_layout Description
39521 \begin_inset space ~
39525 \begin_inset space ~
39529 \begin_inset space ~
39532 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
39533 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
39536 \begin_layout Description
39538 \begin_inset space ~
39542 \begin_inset space ~
39545 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
39546 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
39547 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39548 \begin_inset space ~
39552 \begin_inset space ~
39558 \begin_layout Description
39560 \begin_inset space ~
39564 \begin_inset space ~
39567 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
39568 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
39569 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
39570 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39571 \begin_inset space ~
39575 \begin_inset space ~
39581 \begin_layout Description
39583 \begin_inset space ~
39587 \begin_inset space ~
39590 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
39593 \begin_layout Description
39595 \begin_inset space ~
39599 \begin_inset space ~
39602 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
39605 \begin_layout Description
39607 \begin_inset space ~
39611 \begin_inset space ~
39614 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
39617 \begin_layout Description
39619 \begin_inset space ~
39622 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
39625 \begin_layout Description
39627 \begin_inset space ~
39630 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
39633 \begin_layout Description
39635 \begin_inset space ~
39639 \begin_inset space ~
39642 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
39645 \begin_layout Description
39647 \begin_inset space ~
39651 \begin_inset space ~
39657 \begin_layout Description
39659 \begin_inset space ~
39663 \begin_inset space ~
39666 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
39669 \begin_layout Description
39671 \begin_inset space ~
39675 \begin_inset space ~
39681 \begin_layout Description
39683 \begin_inset space ~
39687 \begin_inset space ~
39690 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39695 \begin_inset Index idx
39698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39699 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39704 , when using this, set the document language to
39709 \begin_layout Description
39711 \begin_inset space ~
39715 \begin_inset space ~
39718 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39722 , when using this, set the document language to
39727 \begin_layout Description
39729 \begin_inset space ~
39733 \begin_inset space ~
39736 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39741 \begin_inset Index idx
39744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39745 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
39750 , when using this, set the document language to
39755 \begin_layout Description
39757 \begin_inset space ~
39761 \begin_inset space ~
39764 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39768 , when using this, set the document language to
39773 \begin_layout Description
39775 \begin_inset space ~
39779 \begin_inset space ~
39782 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39786 , when using this, set the document language to
39791 \begin_layout Description
39793 \begin_inset space ~
39796 (EUC-KR) for Korean
39799 \begin_layout Description
39801 \begin_inset space ~
39805 \begin_inset space ~
39809 \begin_inset space ~
39812 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
39815 \begin_layout Description
39817 \begin_inset space ~
39821 \begin_inset space ~
39825 \begin_inset space ~
39828 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
39829 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
39830 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
39833 \begin_layout Description
39835 \begin_inset space ~
39839 \begin_inset space ~
39845 \begin_layout Description
39847 \begin_inset space ~
39851 \begin_inset space ~
39854 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
39855 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
39858 \begin_layout Description
39860 \begin_inset space ~
39864 \begin_inset space ~
39867 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
39872 \begin_inset Index idx
39875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39876 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39881 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
39884 \begin_layout Description
39886 \begin_inset space ~
39890 \begin_inset space ~
39893 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
39897 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
39905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39906 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39907 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39921 \begin_layout Description
39923 \begin_inset space ~
39927 \begin_inset space ~
39930 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
39935 \begin_inset Index idx
39938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39939 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
39944 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
39947 \begin_layout Description
39949 \begin_inset space ~
39952 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
39957 \begin_inset Index idx
39960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39961 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39967 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
39971 \begin_layout Description
39973 \begin_inset space ~
39977 \begin_inset space ~
39981 \begin_inset space ~
39984 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
39985 \begin_inset space ~
39991 \begin_layout Description
39993 \begin_inset space ~
39997 \begin_inset space ~
40001 \begin_inset space ~
40004 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
40005 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
40006 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
40010 \begin_layout Description
40012 \begin_inset space ~
40016 \begin_inset space ~
40020 \begin_inset space ~
40023 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
40024 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
40027 \begin_layout Section
40031 \begin_layout Standard
40032 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
40033 depth in the table of contents as described in section
40034 \begin_inset space ~
40038 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40040 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
40047 \begin_layout Section
40051 \begin_layout Standard
40052 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
40057 \begin_inset Index idx
40060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40061 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
40071 \begin_inset Index idx
40074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40075 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
40080 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
40085 \begin_inset Index idx
40088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40089 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
40094 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
40096 For a further description see section
40097 \begin_inset space ~
40101 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40103 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40110 \begin_layout Section
40114 \begin_layout Standard
40115 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
40116 and you can define additional indexes.
40117 Please refer to section
40118 \begin_inset space ~
40122 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40124 reference "sec:Index"
40131 \begin_layout Section
40135 \begin_layout Standard
40136 The PDF properties are explained in section
40137 \begin_inset space ~
40141 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40143 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
40150 \begin_layout Section
40154 \begin_layout Standard
40155 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
40160 \begin_inset Index idx
40163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40164 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
40174 \begin_inset Index idx
40177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40178 LaTeX-packages ! esint
40183 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
40186 \begin_layout Standard
40191 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
40192 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
40195 \begin_layout Standard
40200 is used for special integral characters.
40203 \begin_layout Section
40207 \begin_layout Standard
40208 The float placement options are described in section
40209 \begin_inset space ~
40213 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40215 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
40222 \begin_layout Section
40226 \begin_layout Standard
40227 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
40228 The itemize environment is described in section
40229 \begin_inset space ~
40233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40235 reference "sec:Itemize"
40242 \begin_layout Section
40246 \begin_layout Standard
40247 Branches are described in section
40248 \begin_inset space ~
40252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40254 reference "sec:Branches"
40261 \begin_layout Section
40266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40276 \begin_layout Standard
40277 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
40278 to define LaTeX-commands.
40279 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
40280 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
40284 \begin_layout Standard
40285 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
40286 \begin_inset space ~
40290 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40292 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
40299 \begin_layout Chapter
40305 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40307 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
40312 \begin_inset Index idx
40315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40324 \begin_layout Standard
40325 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
40327 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40331 It has the following submenus.
40334 \begin_layout Section
40338 \begin_layout Subsection
40342 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40343 User Interface File
40344 \begin_inset Index idx
40347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40348 Customization ! of toolbars
40354 \begin_inset Index idx
40357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40358 Customization ! of menus
40366 \begin_layout Standard
40367 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40375 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
40384 \begin_layout Standard
40385 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
40386 interface (ui) file.
40387 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
40388 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
40397 Both files are loaded by the
40402 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
40403 files and edit the entries.
40406 \begin_layout Standard
40407 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
40419 entries must be ended with an explicit
40444 and in the case of the
40445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40449 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40457 The syntax for the entries is:
40460 \begin_layout Standard
40461 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40489 \begin_layout Standard
40491 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40494 All LyX-functions are listed in
40495 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40504 \begin_layout Standard
40505 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40511 \begin_layout Standard
40512 An example: Assuming you use the menu
40514 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40517 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
40521 \begin_layout Standard
40522 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40528 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40540 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40546 \begin_layout Standard
40548 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40551 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
40554 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40558 \begin_layout Standard
40561 Enable tool tips in main work area
40563 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
40567 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40571 \begin_layout Standard
40575 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40579 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40582 restoring of window layout and geometries
40584 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
40585 in the last LyX session.
40588 \begin_layout Standard
40591 Restore cursor positions
40593 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
40597 \begin_layout Standard
40600 Load opened files from last session
40602 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
40605 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40607 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40609 name "sub:Backup documents"
40614 \begin_inset Index idx
40617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40626 \begin_layout Standard
40631 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
40634 \begin_layout Standard
40639 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
40642 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40644 \begin_inset space ~
40652 \begin_layout Standard
40655 Open documents in tabs
40657 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
40661 \begin_layout Subsection
40663 \begin_inset Index idx
40666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40673 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40675 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40682 \begin_layout Standard
40683 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40686 \begin_layout Standard
40687 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40695 This section only deals with the fonts
40700 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
40703 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40704 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40715 \begin_layout Standard
40716 By default, LyX uses
40720 as roman (serif) font,
40728 (depends on the system) as
40731 \begin_inset space ~
40747 \begin_layout Standard
40748 You can change the font size with the
40753 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
40754 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
40757 \begin_layout Standard
40762 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
40763 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
40765 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40768 points have the size of 1
40769 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40773 \begin_inset space ~
40777 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40779 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
40786 \begin_layout Standard
40791 are the same as if a document font size of 10
40792 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40796 The sizes are explained in detail in section
40797 \begin_inset space ~
40801 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40803 reference "sub:Document-Font"
40810 \begin_layout Standard
40813 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
40815 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
40816 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
40817 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
40818 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
40820 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
40821 \begin_inset space ~
40827 \begin_layout Subsection
40829 \begin_inset Index idx
40832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40839 \begin_inset Index idx
40842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40851 \begin_layout Standard
40852 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
40853 Choose an item in the list and use the
40860 \begin_layout Subsection
40862 \begin_inset Index idx
40865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40874 \begin_layout Standard
40875 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
40878 \begin_layout Standard
40883 enables previewing snippets of your document.
40884 This feature is described in section
40885 \begin_inset space ~
40889 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40891 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40898 \begin_layout Standard
40902 \begin_inset space ~
40906 \begin_inset space ~
40910 \begin_inset space ~
40915 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
40918 \begin_layout Section
40920 \begin_inset Index idx
40923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40932 \begin_layout Subsection
40936 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40940 \begin_layout Standard
40943 Cursor follows scrollbar
40945 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
40949 \begin_layout Standard
40952 Sort environments alphabetically
40954 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40957 \begin_layout Standard
40960 Group environments by their category
40962 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40965 \begin_layout Standard
40966 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
40978 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40982 \begin_layout Standard
40983 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
40988 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
40989 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
40993 \begin_layout Subsection
40995 \begin_inset Index idx
40998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41005 \begin_inset Index idx
41008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41009 Settings ! Shortcuts
41017 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41021 \begin_layout Standard
41022 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
41023 Several binding files are available:
41026 \begin_layout Description
41027 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
41030 \begin_layout Description
41031 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
41042 \begin_layout Description
41043 mac.bind set of bindings for
41046 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41054 \begin_layout Standard
41055 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
41059 , and bind files for special languages.
41060 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
41061 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41065 \begin_inset space \space{}
41069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41077 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
41081 \begin_layout Standard
41082 Some bind-files, like
41086 , have only a small scope.
41087 When looking at the the end of the file
41091 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
41094 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41096 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41098 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
41103 \begin_inset Index idx
41106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41107 Key Bindings ! Editing
41115 \begin_layout Standard
41116 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
41117 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
41118 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
41121 Show key-bindings containing
41124 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
41125 Insert there for example as keyword
41126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41133 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
41135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41139 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41143 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
41144 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
41148 that you will find in the
41155 \begin_layout Standard
41157 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41161 \begin_inset space \space{}
41172 , select the function and press the
41177 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
41178 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
41179 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
41180 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
41181 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
41183 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
41185 The binding for the function
41189 is an example of this.
41192 \begin_layout Standard
41193 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
41195 The syntax of the entries is:
41198 \begin_layout Standard
41204 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41222 \begin_layout Subsection
41224 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41228 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41232 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41234 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
41239 \begin_inset Index idx
41242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41249 \begin_inset Index idx
41252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41253 Settings ! Keyboard Map
41261 \begin_layout Standard
41262 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
41263 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
41265 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41269 \begin_inset space \space{}
41272 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
41273 can use the keyboard map file named
41280 \begin_layout Standard
41281 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41289 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
41297 \begin_layout Standard
41298 Besides this, you can specify here the
41300 Wheel scrolling speed
41303 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
41307 \begin_layout Subsection
41309 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41311 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
41316 \begin_inset Index idx
41319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41328 \begin_layout Standard
41329 Input completion is described in sec.
41330 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41334 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41336 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
41341 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
41343 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
41344 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
41348 \begin_layout Section
41350 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41357 \begin_inset Index idx
41360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41367 \begin_inset Index idx
41370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41379 \begin_layout Description
41381 \begin_inset space ~
41384 directory This is LyX's working directory.
41385 It is the default when you
41396 \begin_inset space ~
41404 \begin_layout Description
41406 \begin_inset space ~
41409 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
41411 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41413 \begin_inset space ~
41417 \begin_inset space ~
41425 \begin_layout Description
41427 \begin_inset space ~
41430 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
41436 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41440 \begin_inset Newline newline
41444 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41456 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
41464 \begin_layout Description
41466 \begin_inset space ~
41470 \begin_inset Index idx
41473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41479 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
41480 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
41481 \begin_inset space ~
41485 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41487 reference "sub:Backup documents"
41495 will be used to save the backups.
41496 \begin_inset Newline newline
41499 The backup files have the ending
41500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41510 \begin_layout Description
41515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41522 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
41523 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
41524 \begin_inset Newline newline
41528 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41536 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
41544 \begin_layout Description
41546 \begin_inset space ~
41549 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
41552 \begin_layout Description
41554 \begin_inset space ~
41557 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
41558 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
41559 to find it on the system.
41560 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
41561 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
41563 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41567 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41570 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
41571 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
41575 \begin_layout Section
41579 \begin_layout Standard
41580 Here you can insert your name and email address.
41581 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
41583 \begin_inset space ~
41587 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41589 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41593 , to mark changes you make as yours.
41596 \begin_layout Section
41598 \begin_inset Index idx
41601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41602 Language ! Settings
41608 \begin_inset Index idx
41611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41612 Settings ! Language
41620 \begin_layout Subsection
41624 \begin_layout Description
41626 \begin_inset space ~
41630 \begin_inset space ~
41633 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
41634 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
41635 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
41636 You find the actual translation status here:
41637 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41639 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41640 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41647 \begin_layout Description
41649 \begin_inset space ~
41652 language is the language used in new documents
41655 \begin_layout Description
41657 \begin_inset space ~
41660 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
41662 The default is the LaTeX-command
41668 that loads the package
41676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41677 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
41678 \begin_inset space ~
41682 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41684 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
41694 \begin_inset Newline newline
41701 automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
41702 to the document language.
41703 A text label is, for instance, the word
41704 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41711 at the beginning of every table caption.
41714 \begin_layout Description
41716 \begin_inset space ~
41719 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
41720 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
41721 An example is the start command
41727 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
41732 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41747 selectlanguage{$$lang}
41752 \begin_layout Description
41754 \begin_inset space ~
41762 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
41763 command toggles the package on and off.
41766 \begin_layout Description
41768 \begin_inset space ~
41778 \begin_layout Description
41779 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
41780 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
41781 used by all LaTeX-packages.
41782 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
41789 \begin_layout Description
41791 \begin_inset space ~
41794 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
41796 When this option is not set, the
41799 \begin_inset space ~
41804 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
41805 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
41808 \begin_inset space ~
41816 \begin_layout Description
41818 \begin_inset space ~
41824 \begin_inset space ~
41830 When it is not set, the
41833 \begin_inset space ~
41838 is set to the end of the document.
41841 \begin_layout Description
41843 \begin_inset space ~
41847 \begin_inset space ~
41850 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
41851 language will be underlined blue.
41854 \begin_layout Description
41856 \begin_inset space ~
41860 \begin_inset space ~
41863 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
41864 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
41867 \begin_layout Description
41869 \begin_inset space ~
41872 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
41873 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
41874 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
41875 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
41878 \begin_layout Subsection
41882 \begin_layout Standard
41883 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
41884 \begin_inset space ~
41888 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41890 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
41897 \begin_layout Section
41901 \begin_layout Subsection
41903 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41910 \begin_inset Index idx
41913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41920 \begin_inset Index idx
41923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41932 \begin_layout Description
41934 \begin_inset space ~
41937 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
41938 The name will be used when the
41943 \begin_inset Newline newline
41947 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41955 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
41963 \begin_layout Description
41965 \begin_inset space ~
41969 \begin_inset space ~
41973 \begin_inset space ~
41976 printer This option works only for the
41981 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41989 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41993 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
41994 This is an option only for dvips experts.
41997 \begin_layout Description
41999 \begin_inset space ~
42002 command is the command LyX
42003 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42007 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42010 LaTeX uses for printing.
42011 The default is on most systems
42018 \begin_layout Description
42020 \begin_inset space ~
42024 \begin_inset space ~
42027 Options Here you can specify printer options.
42028 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
42029 of the program that provides the
42036 \begin_layout Subsection
42038 \begin_inset Index idx
42041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42048 \begin_inset Index idx
42051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42052 Settings ! Date format
42060 \begin_layout Standard
42061 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
42062 \begin_inset Newline newline
42066 \begin_inset Flex URL
42069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42071 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
42077 \begin_inset Newline newline
42080 For example the format
42081 \begin_inset Newline newline
42085 \begin_inset Newline newline
42088 prints the date as day/month/year.
42091 \begin_layout Subsection
42095 \begin_layout Description
42097 \begin_inset space ~
42101 \begin_inset space ~
42104 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
42107 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42108 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42110 \begin_inset space ~
42116 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
42120 \begin_layout Description
42122 \begin_inset space ~
42125 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
42130 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
42131 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
42134 \begin_layout Subsection
42139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42147 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42149 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
42154 \begin_inset Index idx
42157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42166 \begin_layout Description
42171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42179 \begin_inset space ~
42182 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
42187 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
42209 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
42210 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42222 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
42223 LyX sets up in the background.
42224 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
42227 \begin_layout Description
42229 \begin_inset space ~
42233 \begin_inset space ~
42236 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
42241 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
42244 \begin_layout Standard
42245 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
42246 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
42247 manuals of the applications.
42248 Currently the following commands can be set:
42251 \begin_layout Description
42256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42264 \begin_inset space ~
42267 command Command for the program
42271 that is described in the section
42277 Additional Features
42282 \begin_layout Description
42287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42295 \begin_inset space ~
42298 command Command for the program
42302 that generates the bibliography, see section
42303 \begin_inset space ~
42307 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42309 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
42316 \begin_layout Description
42318 \begin_inset space ~
42321 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
42322 \begin_inset space ~
42326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42328 reference "sub:Index-Program"
42335 \begin_layout Description
42337 \begin_inset space ~
42340 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
42341 \begin_inset space ~
42345 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42347 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
42354 \begin_layout Description
42356 \begin_inset space ~
42360 \begin_inset space ~
42364 \begin_inset space ~
42368 \begin_inset space ~
42371 options They only have an effect when the program
42375 is used as DVI-viewer.
42378 \begin_layout Standard
42379 There are additionally the following options:
42382 \begin_layout Description
42384 \begin_inset space ~
42388 \begin_inset space ~
42392 \begin_inset space ~
42396 \begin_inset space ~
42400 \begin_inset space ~
42403 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
42404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42410 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42421 to separate folders.
42422 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
42423 \begin_inset Index idx
42426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42433 \begin_inset Index idx
42436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42445 \begin_layout Description
42447 \begin_inset space ~
42451 \begin_inset space ~
42455 \begin_inset space ~
42459 \begin_inset space ~
42463 \begin_inset space ~
42467 \begin_inset space ~
42470 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
42472 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42475 dialog when changing the document class.
42478 \begin_layout Section
42480 \begin_inset space ~
42484 \begin_inset Index idx
42487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42496 \begin_layout Subsection
42498 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42500 name "sub:Converters"
42505 \begin_inset Index idx
42508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42517 \begin_layout Standard
42518 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
42519 from one format to another.
42520 You can modify them or create new ones.
42521 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
42528 \begin_inset space ~
42538 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
42542 \begin_inset space ~
42547 drop-down list, modify the
42551 field, and press the
42558 \begin_layout Standard
42561 Converter File Cache
42563 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
42566 Maximum Age (in days
42569 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
42570 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
42573 \begin_layout Standard
42574 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
42575 the converter definition, is described in the section
42586 \begin_layout Subsection
42588 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42590 name "sec:File-Formats"
42595 \begin_inset Index idx
42598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42605 \begin_inset Index idx
42608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42617 \begin_layout Standard
42618 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
42619 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
42623 \begin_layout Standard
42624 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
42625 is described in the section
42636 \begin_layout Standard
42637 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
42638 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
42639 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
42640 This is done by specifying a
42645 More about this is described in the section
42656 \begin_layout Chapter
42657 Units available in LyX
42658 \begin_inset Index idx
42661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42668 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42670 name "cha:Units-available-in"
42677 \begin_layout Standard
42678 To understand the units described in this documentation,
42679 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42681 reference "cap:Units"
42685 explains all units available in LyX.
42688 \begin_layout Standard
42689 \begin_inset Float table
42695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42696 \begin_inset Caption
42698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42699 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42714 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42722 \begin_inset Tabular
42723 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
42724 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
42725 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42726 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42822 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42826 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42850 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42854 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42877 scaled point (65536
42878 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42882 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42906 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42910 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42934 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42938 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
42942 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42966 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42970 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42993 % of original image width
43000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43182 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43186 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43207 \begin_layout Chapter
43209 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43218 \begin_layout Standard
43219 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
43220 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
43223 \begin_layout Itemize
43226 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
43229 \begin_layout Itemize
43235 \begin_layout Itemize
43241 \begin_layout Itemize
43247 \begin_layout Itemize
43253 \begin_layout Itemize
43259 \begin_layout Itemize
43265 \begin_layout Itemize
43271 \begin_layout Itemize
43274 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
43277 \begin_layout Itemize
43283 \begin_layout Itemize
43289 \begin_layout Itemize
43295 \begin_layout Itemize
43301 \begin_layout Itemize
43307 \begin_layout Itemize
43313 \begin_layout Itemize
43319 \begin_layout Itemize
43325 \begin_layout Itemize
43327 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
43336 \begin_layout Standard
43337 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43340 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
43347 \begin_layout Bibliography
43348 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43349 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43350 LatexCommand bibitem
43357 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43360 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
43365 \begin_inset Newline newline
43369 \begin_inset Flex URL
43372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43374 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
43382 \begin_layout Bibliography
43383 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43384 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43385 LatexCommand bibitem
43386 key "latexcompanion"
43390 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
43392 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
43395 Addison-Wesley, 2004
43398 \begin_layout Bibliography
43399 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43400 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43401 LatexCommand bibitem
43406 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
43409 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
43412 Addison-Wesley, 2003
43415 \begin_layout Bibliography
43416 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43417 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43418 LatexCommand bibitem
43425 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
43428 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
43431 \begin_layout Bibliography
43432 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43433 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43434 LatexCommand bibitem
43446 Addison-Wesley, 1984
43449 \begin_layout Bibliography
43450 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43451 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43452 LatexCommand bibitem
43458 \begin_inset Newline newline
43462 \begin_inset Flex URL
43465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43467 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
43475 \begin_layout Bibliography
43476 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43477 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43478 LatexCommand bibitem
43484 \begin_inset Newline newline
43488 \begin_inset Flex URL
43491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43493 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
43501 \begin_layout Bibliography
43502 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43503 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43504 LatexCommand bibitem
43510 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43512 name "Documentation"
43513 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
43522 \begin_inset Newline newline
43526 \begin_inset Flex URL
43529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43531 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
43539 \begin_layout Bibliography
43540 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43541 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43542 LatexCommand bibitem
43548 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43550 name "Documentation"
43551 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
43555 how to use the program
43560 \begin_inset Newline newline
43564 \begin_inset Flex URL
43567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43569 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
43577 \begin_layout Bibliography
43578 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43579 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43580 LatexCommand bibitem
43586 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43588 name "Documentation"
43589 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
43598 \begin_inset Newline newline
43602 \begin_inset Flex URL
43605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43607 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
43615 \begin_layout Bibliography
43616 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43617 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43618 LatexCommand bibitem
43624 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43626 name "Documentation"
43627 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
43636 \begin_inset Newline newline
43640 \begin_inset Flex URL
43643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43645 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
43653 \begin_layout Bibliography
43654 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43655 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43656 LatexCommand bibitem
43662 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43664 name "Documentation"
43665 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
43669 of the LaTeX-package
43674 \begin_inset Index idx
43677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43678 LaTeX-packages ! caption
43684 \begin_inset Newline newline
43688 \begin_inset Flex URL
43691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43693 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
43701 \begin_layout Bibliography
43702 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43703 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43704 LatexCommand bibitem
43710 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43712 name "Documentation"
43713 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
43717 of the LaTeX-package
43722 \begin_inset Index idx
43725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43726 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
43732 \begin_inset Newline newline
43736 \begin_inset Flex URL
43739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43741 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
43749 \begin_layout Bibliography
43750 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43751 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43752 LatexCommand bibitem
43760 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43762 name "Documentation"
43763 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
43769 of the LaTeX-package
43774 \begin_inset Index idx
43777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43778 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
43784 \begin_inset Newline newline
43788 \begin_inset Flex URL
43791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43793 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
43801 \begin_layout Bibliography
43802 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43803 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43804 LatexCommand bibitem
43810 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43812 name "Documentation"
43813 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
43817 of the LaTeX-package
43822 \begin_inset Index idx
43825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43826 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
43832 \begin_inset Newline newline
43836 \begin_inset Flex URL
43839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43841 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
43849 \begin_layout Bibliography
43850 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43851 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43852 LatexCommand bibitem
43858 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43860 name "Documentation"
43861 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
43865 of the LaTeX-package
43870 \begin_inset Index idx
43873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43874 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
43880 \begin_inset Newline newline
43884 \begin_inset Flex URL
43887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43889 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
43897 \begin_layout Bibliography
43898 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43899 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43900 LatexCommand bibitem
43906 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43908 name "Documentation"
43909 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
43913 of the LaTeX-package
43918 \begin_inset Index idx
43921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43922 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
43928 \begin_inset Newline newline
43932 \begin_inset Flex URL
43935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43937 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
43945 \begin_layout Bibliography
43946 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43947 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43948 LatexCommand bibitem
43954 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43957 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
43961 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
43962 \begin_inset Newline newline
43966 \begin_inset Flex URL
43969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43971 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
43979 \begin_layout Bibliography
43980 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43981 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43982 LatexCommand bibitem
43988 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43991 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
43995 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
43996 \begin_inset Newline newline
44000 \begin_inset Flex URL
44003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44005 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
44013 \begin_layout Bibliography
44014 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44015 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44016 LatexCommand bibitem
44022 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44025 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
44029 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
44030 \begin_inset Newline newline
44034 \begin_inset Flex URL
44037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44039 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
44047 \begin_layout Bibliography
44048 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44049 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44050 LatexCommand bibitem
44056 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44059 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
44063 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
44064 \begin_inset Newline newline
44068 \begin_inset Flex URL
44071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44073 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
44081 \begin_layout Bibliography
44082 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44083 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44084 LatexCommand bibitem
44090 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44093 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
44097 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
44098 \begin_inset Newline newline
44102 \begin_inset Flex URL
44105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44107 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
44115 \begin_layout Bibliography
44116 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44117 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44118 LatexCommand bibitem
44124 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44127 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
44131 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
44132 \begin_inset Newline newline
44136 \begin_inset Flex URL
44139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44141 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
44149 \begin_layout Bibliography
44150 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44151 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44152 LatexCommand bibitem
44158 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44161 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
44165 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
44166 \begin_inset Newline newline
44170 \begin_inset Flex URL
44173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44175 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
44183 \begin_layout Bibliography
44184 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44185 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44186 LatexCommand bibitem
44192 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44195 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
44199 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
44200 \begin_inset Newline newline
44204 \begin_inset Flex URL
44207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44209 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
44217 \begin_layout Bibliography
44218 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44219 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44220 LatexCommand bibitem
44226 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44229 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
44233 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
44234 \begin_inset Newline newline
44238 \begin_inset Flex URL
44241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44243 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
44251 \begin_layout Bibliography
44252 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44253 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44254 LatexCommand bibitem
44260 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44263 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
44267 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
44268 \begin_inset Newline newline
44272 \begin_inset Flex URL
44275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44277 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
44285 \begin_layout Bibliography
44286 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44287 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44288 LatexCommand bibitem
44294 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44297 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
44301 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
44302 \begin_inset Newline newline
44306 \begin_inset Flex URL
44309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44311 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
44319 \begin_layout Bibliography
44320 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44321 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44322 LatexCommand bibitem
44328 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44331 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
44335 about new features in
44340 \begin_inset Newline newline
44344 \begin_inset Flex URL
44347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44349 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
44357 \begin_layout Standard
44358 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
44365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44392 \begin_inset Note Note
44395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44402 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
44403 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
44404 bibliography is the second one:
44412 \begin_layout Standard
44413 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
44414 LatexCommand bibtex
44415 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
44416 options "biblio/alphadin"
44423 \begin_layout Standard
44424 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
44427 \begin_layout Standard
44430 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
44431 LatexCommand printnomenclature
44437 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
44438 LatexCommand printindex
projects / lyx.git / blob